1 /* Machine description for AArch64 architecture.
2 Copyright (C) 2009-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by ARM Ltd.
5 This file is part of GCC.
7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
8 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
12 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
13 WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
15 General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
19 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "coretypes.h"
25 #include "insn-codes.h"
27 #include "insn-attr.h"
31 #include "fold-const.h"
32 #include "stringpool.h"
33 #include "stor-layout.h"
37 #include "dominance.h"
43 #include "cfgcleanup.h"
45 #include "basic-block.h"
47 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
51 #include "insn-config.h"
61 #include "targhooks.h"
64 #include "langhooks.h"
65 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
66 #include "tree-ssa-alias.h"
67 #include "internal-fn.h"
68 #include "gimple-fold.h"
70 #include "gimple-expr.h"
76 #include "tree-vectorizer.h"
77 #include "aarch64-cost-tables.h"
81 #include "tm-constrs.h"
82 #include "sched-int.h"
83 #include "cortex-a57-fma-steering.h"
85 /* This file should be included last. */
86 #include "target-def.h"
88 /* Defined for convenience. */
89 #define POINTER_BYTES (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
91 /* Classifies an address.
94 A simple base register plus immediate offset.
97 A base register indexed by immediate offset with writeback.
100 A base register indexed by (optionally scaled) register.
103 A base register indexed by (optionally scaled) zero-extended register.
106 A base register indexed by (optionally scaled) sign-extended register.
109 A LO_SUM rtx with a base register and "LO12" symbol relocation.
112 A constant symbolic address, in pc-relative literal pool. */
114 enum aarch64_address_type
{
124 struct aarch64_address_info
{
125 enum aarch64_address_type type
;
129 enum aarch64_symbol_type symbol_type
;
132 struct simd_immediate_info
141 /* The current code model. */
142 enum aarch64_code_model aarch64_cmodel
;
145 #undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
146 #define TARGET_HAVE_TLS 1
149 static bool aarch64_composite_type_p (const_tree
, machine_mode
);
150 static bool aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (machine_mode
,
152 machine_mode
*, int *,
154 static void aarch64_elf_asm_constructor (rtx
, int) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
155 static void aarch64_elf_asm_destructor (rtx
, int) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
156 static void aarch64_override_options_after_change (void);
157 static bool aarch64_vector_mode_supported_p (machine_mode
);
158 static unsigned bit_count (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
159 static bool aarch64_vectorize_vec_perm_const_ok (machine_mode vmode
,
160 const unsigned char *sel
);
161 static int aarch64_address_cost (rtx
, machine_mode
, addr_space_t
, bool);
163 /* Major revision number of the ARM Architecture implemented by the target. */
164 unsigned aarch64_architecture_version
;
166 /* The processor for which instructions should be scheduled. */
167 enum aarch64_processor aarch64_tune
= cortexa53
;
169 /* Mask to specify which instructions we are allowed to generate. */
170 unsigned long aarch64_isa_flags
= 0;
172 /* Mask to specify which instruction scheduling options should be used. */
173 unsigned long aarch64_tune_flags
= 0;
175 /* Support for command line parsing of boolean flags in the tuning
177 struct aarch64_flag_desc
183 #define AARCH64_FUSION_PAIR(name, internal_name, y) \
184 { name, AARCH64_FUSE_##internal_name },
185 static const struct aarch64_flag_desc aarch64_fusible_pairs
[] =
187 { "none", AARCH64_FUSE_NOTHING
},
188 #include "aarch64-fusion-pairs.def"
189 { "all", AARCH64_FUSE_ALL
},
190 { NULL
, AARCH64_FUSE_NOTHING
}
192 #undef AARCH64_FUION_PAIR
194 #define AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNING_OPTION(name, internal_name, y) \
195 { name, AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_##internal_name },
196 static const struct aarch64_flag_desc aarch64_tuning_flags
[] =
198 { "none", AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_NONE
},
199 #include "aarch64-tuning-flags.def"
200 { "all", AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_ALL
},
201 { NULL
, AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_NONE
}
203 #undef AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNING_OPTION
205 /* Tuning parameters. */
207 static const struct cpu_addrcost_table generic_addrcost_table
=
217 0, /* register_offset */
218 0, /* register_extend */
222 static const struct cpu_addrcost_table cortexa57_addrcost_table
=
232 0, /* register_offset */
233 0, /* register_extend */
237 static const struct cpu_addrcost_table xgene1_addrcost_table
=
247 0, /* register_offset */
248 1, /* register_extend */
252 static const struct cpu_regmove_cost generic_regmove_cost
=
255 /* Avoid the use of slow int<->fp moves for spilling by setting
256 their cost higher than memmov_cost. */
262 static const struct cpu_regmove_cost cortexa57_regmove_cost
=
265 /* Avoid the use of slow int<->fp moves for spilling by setting
266 their cost higher than memmov_cost. */
272 static const struct cpu_regmove_cost cortexa53_regmove_cost
=
275 /* Avoid the use of slow int<->fp moves for spilling by setting
276 their cost higher than memmov_cost. */
282 static const struct cpu_regmove_cost thunderx_regmove_cost
=
290 static const struct cpu_regmove_cost xgene1_regmove_cost
=
293 /* Avoid the use of slow int<->fp moves for spilling by setting
294 their cost higher than memmov_cost. */
300 /* Generic costs for vector insn classes. */
301 static const struct cpu_vector_cost generic_vector_cost
=
303 1, /* scalar_stmt_cost */
304 1, /* scalar_load_cost */
305 1, /* scalar_store_cost */
306 1, /* vec_stmt_cost */
307 1, /* vec_to_scalar_cost */
308 1, /* scalar_to_vec_cost */
309 1, /* vec_align_load_cost */
310 1, /* vec_unalign_load_cost */
311 1, /* vec_unalign_store_cost */
312 1, /* vec_store_cost */
313 3, /* cond_taken_branch_cost */
314 1 /* cond_not_taken_branch_cost */
317 /* Generic costs for vector insn classes. */
318 static const struct cpu_vector_cost cortexa57_vector_cost
=
320 1, /* scalar_stmt_cost */
321 4, /* scalar_load_cost */
322 1, /* scalar_store_cost */
323 3, /* vec_stmt_cost */
324 8, /* vec_to_scalar_cost */
325 8, /* scalar_to_vec_cost */
326 5, /* vec_align_load_cost */
327 5, /* vec_unalign_load_cost */
328 1, /* vec_unalign_store_cost */
329 1, /* vec_store_cost */
330 1, /* cond_taken_branch_cost */
331 1 /* cond_not_taken_branch_cost */
334 /* Generic costs for vector insn classes. */
335 static const struct cpu_vector_cost xgene1_vector_cost
=
337 1, /* scalar_stmt_cost */
338 5, /* scalar_load_cost */
339 1, /* scalar_store_cost */
340 2, /* vec_stmt_cost */
341 4, /* vec_to_scalar_cost */
342 4, /* scalar_to_vec_cost */
343 10, /* vec_align_load_cost */
344 10, /* vec_unalign_load_cost */
345 2, /* vec_unalign_store_cost */
346 2, /* vec_store_cost */
347 2, /* cond_taken_branch_cost */
348 1 /* cond_not_taken_branch_cost */
351 /* Generic costs for branch instructions. */
352 static const struct cpu_branch_cost generic_branch_cost
=
354 2, /* Predictable. */
355 2 /* Unpredictable. */
358 static const struct tune_params generic_tunings
=
360 &cortexa57_extra_costs
,
361 &generic_addrcost_table
,
362 &generic_regmove_cost
,
363 &generic_vector_cost
,
364 &generic_branch_cost
,
367 AARCH64_FUSE_NOTHING
, /* fusible_ops */
368 8, /* function_align. */
371 2, /* int_reassoc_width. */
372 4, /* fp_reassoc_width. */
373 1, /* vec_reassoc_width. */
374 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_sf. */
375 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_df. */
376 (AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_NONE
) /* tune_flags. */
379 static const struct tune_params cortexa53_tunings
=
381 &cortexa53_extra_costs
,
382 &generic_addrcost_table
,
383 &cortexa53_regmove_cost
,
384 &generic_vector_cost
,
385 &generic_branch_cost
,
388 (AARCH64_FUSE_MOV_MOVK
| AARCH64_FUSE_ADRP_ADD
389 | AARCH64_FUSE_MOVK_MOVK
| AARCH64_FUSE_ADRP_LDR
), /* fusible_ops */
390 8, /* function_align. */
393 2, /* int_reassoc_width. */
394 4, /* fp_reassoc_width. */
395 1, /* vec_reassoc_width. */
396 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_sf. */
397 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_df. */
398 (AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_NONE
) /* tune_flags. */
401 static const struct tune_params cortexa57_tunings
=
403 &cortexa57_extra_costs
,
404 &cortexa57_addrcost_table
,
405 &cortexa57_regmove_cost
,
406 &cortexa57_vector_cost
,
407 &generic_branch_cost
,
410 (AARCH64_FUSE_MOV_MOVK
| AARCH64_FUSE_ADRP_ADD
411 | AARCH64_FUSE_MOVK_MOVK
), /* fusible_ops */
412 16, /* function_align. */
415 2, /* int_reassoc_width. */
416 4, /* fp_reassoc_width. */
417 1, /* vec_reassoc_width. */
418 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_sf. */
419 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_df. */
420 (AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_RENAME_FMA_REGS
) /* tune_flags. */
423 static const struct tune_params cortexa72_tunings
=
425 &cortexa57_extra_costs
,
426 &cortexa57_addrcost_table
,
427 &cortexa57_regmove_cost
,
428 &cortexa57_vector_cost
,
429 &generic_branch_cost
,
432 (AARCH64_FUSE_MOV_MOVK
| AARCH64_FUSE_ADRP_ADD
433 | AARCH64_FUSE_MOVK_MOVK
), /* fusible_ops */
434 16, /* function_align. */
437 2, /* int_reassoc_width. */
438 4, /* fp_reassoc_width. */
439 1, /* vec_reassoc_width. */
440 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_sf. */
441 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_df. */
442 (AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_NONE
) /* tune_flags. */
445 static const struct tune_params thunderx_tunings
=
447 &thunderx_extra_costs
,
448 &generic_addrcost_table
,
449 &thunderx_regmove_cost
,
450 &generic_vector_cost
,
451 &generic_branch_cost
,
454 AARCH64_FUSE_CMP_BRANCH
, /* fusible_ops */
455 8, /* function_align. */
458 2, /* int_reassoc_width. */
459 4, /* fp_reassoc_width. */
460 1, /* vec_reassoc_width. */
461 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_sf. */
462 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_df. */
463 (AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_NONE
) /* tune_flags. */
466 static const struct tune_params xgene1_tunings
=
469 &xgene1_addrcost_table
,
470 &xgene1_regmove_cost
,
472 &generic_branch_cost
,
475 AARCH64_FUSE_NOTHING
, /* fusible_ops */
476 16, /* function_align. */
478 16, /* loop_align. */
479 2, /* int_reassoc_width. */
480 4, /* fp_reassoc_width. */
481 1, /* vec_reassoc_width. */
482 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_sf. */
483 2, /* min_div_recip_mul_df. */
484 (AARCH64_EXTRA_TUNE_NONE
) /* tune_flags. */
487 /* Support for fine-grained override of the tuning structures. */
488 struct aarch64_tuning_override_function
491 void (*parse_override
)(const char*, struct tune_params
*);
494 static void aarch64_parse_fuse_string (const char*, struct tune_params
*);
495 static void aarch64_parse_tune_string (const char*, struct tune_params
*);
497 static const struct aarch64_tuning_override_function
498 aarch64_tuning_override_functions
[] =
500 { "fuse", aarch64_parse_fuse_string
},
501 { "tune", aarch64_parse_tune_string
},
505 /* A processor implementing AArch64. */
508 const char *const name
;
509 enum aarch64_processor core
;
511 unsigned architecture_version
;
512 const unsigned long flags
;
513 const struct tune_params
*const tune
;
516 /* Processor cores implementing AArch64. */
517 static const struct processor all_cores
[] =
519 #define AARCH64_CORE(NAME, IDENT, SCHED, ARCH, FLAGS, COSTS, IMP, PART) \
520 {NAME, SCHED, #ARCH, ARCH, FLAGS, &COSTS##_tunings},
521 #include "aarch64-cores.def"
523 {"generic", cortexa53
, "8", 8, AARCH64_FL_FOR_ARCH8
, &generic_tunings
},
524 {NULL
, aarch64_none
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
}
527 /* Architectures implementing AArch64. */
528 static const struct processor all_architectures
[] =
530 #define AARCH64_ARCH(NAME, CORE, ARCH, FLAGS) \
531 {NAME, CORE, #ARCH, ARCH, FLAGS, NULL},
532 #include "aarch64-arches.def"
534 {NULL
, aarch64_none
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
}
537 /* Target specification. These are populated as commandline arguments
538 are processed, or NULL if not specified. */
539 static const struct processor
*selected_arch
;
540 static const struct processor
*selected_cpu
;
541 static const struct processor
*selected_tune
;
543 /* The current tuning set. */
544 struct tune_params aarch64_tune_params
= generic_tunings
;
546 #define AARCH64_CPU_DEFAULT_FLAGS ((selected_cpu) ? selected_cpu->flags : 0)
548 /* An ISA extension in the co-processor and main instruction set space. */
549 struct aarch64_option_extension
551 const char *const name
;
552 const unsigned long flags_on
;
553 const unsigned long flags_off
;
556 /* ISA extensions in AArch64. */
557 static const struct aarch64_option_extension all_extensions
[] =
559 #define AARCH64_OPT_EXTENSION(NAME, FLAGS_ON, FLAGS_OFF, FEATURE_STRING) \
560 {NAME, FLAGS_ON, FLAGS_OFF},
561 #include "aarch64-option-extensions.def"
562 #undef AARCH64_OPT_EXTENSION
566 /* Used to track the size of an address when generating a pre/post
567 increment address. */
568 static machine_mode aarch64_memory_reference_mode
;
570 /* A table of valid AArch64 "bitmask immediate" values for
571 logical instructions. */
573 #define AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS 5334
574 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT aarch64_bitmasks
[AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
];
576 typedef enum aarch64_cond_code
578 AARCH64_EQ
= 0, AARCH64_NE
, AARCH64_CS
, AARCH64_CC
, AARCH64_MI
, AARCH64_PL
,
579 AARCH64_VS
, AARCH64_VC
, AARCH64_HI
, AARCH64_LS
, AARCH64_GE
, AARCH64_LT
,
580 AARCH64_GT
, AARCH64_LE
, AARCH64_AL
, AARCH64_NV
584 #define AARCH64_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE(X) ((aarch64_cc) (((int) X) ^ 1))
586 /* The condition codes of the processor, and the inverse function. */
587 static const char * const aarch64_condition_codes
[] =
589 "eq", "ne", "cs", "cc", "mi", "pl", "vs", "vc",
590 "hi", "ls", "ge", "lt", "gt", "le", "al", "nv"
594 aarch64_err_no_fpadvsimd (machine_mode mode
, const char *msg
)
596 const char *mc
= FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
) ? "floating-point" : "vector";
597 if (TARGET_GENERAL_REGS_ONLY
)
598 error ("%qs is incompatible with %s %s", "-mgeneral-regs-only", mc
, msg
);
600 error ("%qs feature modifier is incompatible with %s %s", "+nofp", mc
, msg
);
604 aarch64_min_divisions_for_recip_mul (enum machine_mode mode
)
606 if (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
) == 4)
607 return aarch64_tune_params
.min_div_recip_mul_sf
;
608 return aarch64_tune_params
.min_div_recip_mul_df
;
612 aarch64_reassociation_width (unsigned opc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
613 enum machine_mode mode
)
615 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
616 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_reassoc_width
;
617 if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode
))
618 return aarch64_tune_params
.int_reassoc_width
;
619 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
620 return aarch64_tune_params
.fp_reassoc_width
;
624 /* Provide a mapping from gcc register numbers to dwarf register numbers. */
626 aarch64_dbx_register_number (unsigned regno
)
628 if (GP_REGNUM_P (regno
))
629 return AARCH64_DWARF_R0
+ regno
- R0_REGNUM
;
630 else if (regno
== SP_REGNUM
)
631 return AARCH64_DWARF_SP
;
632 else if (FP_REGNUM_P (regno
))
633 return AARCH64_DWARF_V0
+ regno
- V0_REGNUM
;
635 /* Return values >= DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS indicate that there is no
636 equivalent DWARF register. */
637 return DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
;
640 /* Return TRUE if MODE is any of the large INT modes. */
642 aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (machine_mode mode
)
644 return mode
== OImode
|| mode
== CImode
|| mode
== XImode
;
647 /* Return TRUE if MODE is any of the vector modes. */
649 aarch64_vector_mode_p (machine_mode mode
)
651 return aarch64_vector_mode_supported_p (mode
)
652 || aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
);
655 /* Implement target hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P. */
657 aarch64_array_mode_supported_p (machine_mode mode
,
658 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems
)
661 && AARCH64_VALID_SIMD_QREG_MODE (mode
)
662 && (nelems
>= 2 && nelems
<= 4))
668 /* Implement HARD_REGNO_NREGS. */
671 aarch64_hard_regno_nregs (unsigned regno
, machine_mode mode
)
673 switch (aarch64_regno_regclass (regno
))
677 return (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) + UNITS_PER_VREG
- 1) / UNITS_PER_VREG
;
679 return (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) + UNITS_PER_WORD
- 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD
;
684 /* Implement HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK. */
687 aarch64_hard_regno_mode_ok (unsigned regno
, machine_mode mode
)
689 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_CC
)
690 return regno
== CC_REGNUM
;
692 if (regno
== SP_REGNUM
)
693 /* The purpose of comparing with ptr_mode is to support the
694 global register variable associated with the stack pointer
695 register via the syntax of asm ("wsp") in ILP32. */
696 return mode
== Pmode
|| mode
== ptr_mode
;
698 if (regno
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| regno
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
)
699 return mode
== Pmode
;
701 if (GP_REGNUM_P (regno
) && ! aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
))
704 if (FP_REGNUM_P (regno
))
706 if (aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
))
708 (regno
+ aarch64_hard_regno_nregs (regno
, mode
) - 1) <= V31_REGNUM
;
716 /* Implement HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE. */
718 aarch64_hard_regno_caller_save_mode (unsigned regno
, unsigned nregs
,
721 /* Handle modes that fit within single registers. */
722 if (nregs
== 1 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= 16)
724 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4)
729 /* Fall back to generic for multi-reg and very large modes. */
731 return choose_hard_reg_mode (regno
, nregs
, false);
734 /* Return true if calls to DECL should be treated as
735 long-calls (ie called via a register). */
737 aarch64_decl_is_long_call_p (const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
742 /* Return true if calls to symbol-ref SYM should be treated as
743 long-calls (ie called via a register). */
745 aarch64_is_long_call_p (rtx sym
)
747 return aarch64_decl_is_long_call_p (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (sym
));
750 /* Return true if the offsets to a zero/sign-extract operation
751 represent an expression that matches an extend operation. The
752 operands represent the paramters from
754 (extract:MODE (mult (reg) (MULT_IMM)) (EXTRACT_IMM) (const_int 0)). */
756 aarch64_is_extend_from_extract (machine_mode mode
, rtx mult_imm
,
759 HOST_WIDE_INT mult_val
, extract_val
;
761 if (! CONST_INT_P (mult_imm
) || ! CONST_INT_P (extract_imm
))
764 mult_val
= INTVAL (mult_imm
);
765 extract_val
= INTVAL (extract_imm
);
768 && extract_val
< GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
)
769 && exact_log2 (extract_val
& ~7) > 0
770 && (extract_val
& 7) <= 4
771 && mult_val
== (1 << (extract_val
& 7)))
777 /* Emit an insn that's a simple single-set. Both the operands must be
778 known to be valid. */
780 emit_set_insn (rtx x
, rtx y
)
782 return emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (x
, y
));
785 /* X and Y are two things to compare using CODE. Emit the compare insn and
786 return the rtx for register 0 in the proper mode. */
788 aarch64_gen_compare_reg (RTX_CODE code
, rtx x
, rtx y
)
790 machine_mode mode
= SELECT_CC_MODE (code
, x
, y
);
791 rtx cc_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, CC_REGNUM
);
793 emit_set_insn (cc_reg
, gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode
, x
, y
));
797 /* Build the SYMBOL_REF for __tls_get_addr. */
799 static GTY(()) rtx tls_get_addr_libfunc
;
802 aarch64_tls_get_addr (void)
804 if (!tls_get_addr_libfunc
)
805 tls_get_addr_libfunc
= init_one_libfunc ("__tls_get_addr");
806 return tls_get_addr_libfunc
;
809 /* Return the TLS model to use for ADDR. */
811 static enum tls_model
812 tls_symbolic_operand_type (rtx addr
)
814 enum tls_model tls_kind
= TLS_MODEL_NONE
;
817 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == CONST
)
819 split_const (addr
, &sym
, &addend
);
820 if (GET_CODE (sym
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
821 tls_kind
= SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (sym
);
823 else if (GET_CODE (addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
824 tls_kind
= SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (addr
);
829 /* We'll allow lo_sum's in addresses in our legitimate addresses
830 so that combine would take care of combining addresses where
831 necessary, but for generation purposes, we'll generate the address
834 tmp = hi (symbol_ref); adrp x1, foo
835 dest = lo_sum (tmp, symbol_ref); add dest, x1, :lo_12:foo
839 adrp x1, :got:foo adrp tmp, :tlsgd:foo
840 ldr x1, [:got_lo12:foo] add dest, tmp, :tlsgd_lo12:foo
844 Load TLS symbol, depending on TLS mechanism and TLS access model.
846 Global Dynamic - Traditional TLS:
848 add dest, tmp, #:tlsgd_lo12:imm
851 Global Dynamic - TLS Descriptors:
852 adrp dest, :tlsdesc:imm
853 ldr tmp, [dest, #:tlsdesc_lo12:imm]
854 add dest, dest, #:tlsdesc_lo12:imm
861 adrp tmp, :gottprel:imm
862 ldr dest, [tmp, #:gottprel_lo12:imm]
867 add t0, tp, #:tprel_hi12:imm, lsl #12
868 add t0, t0, #:tprel_lo12_nc:imm
872 aarch64_load_symref_appropriately (rtx dest
, rtx imm
,
873 enum aarch64_symbol_type type
)
877 case SYMBOL_SMALL_ABSOLUTE
:
879 /* In ILP32, the mode of dest can be either SImode or DImode. */
881 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
883 gcc_assert (mode
== Pmode
|| mode
== ptr_mode
);
885 if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
886 tmp_reg
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
888 emit_move_insn (tmp_reg
, gen_rtx_HIGH (mode
, imm
));
889 emit_insn (gen_add_losym (dest
, tmp_reg
, imm
));
893 case SYMBOL_TINY_ABSOLUTE
:
894 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, imm
));
897 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_28K
:
899 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
900 rtx gp_rtx
= pic_offset_table_rtx
;
902 /* NOTE: pic_offset_table_rtx can be NULL_RTX, because we can reach
903 here before rtl expand. Tree IVOPT will generate rtl pattern to
904 decide rtx costs, in which case pic_offset_table_rtx is not
905 initialized. For that case no need to generate the first adrp
906 instruction as the the final cost for global variable access is
910 /* -fpic for -mcmodel=small allow 32K GOT table size (but we are
911 using the page base as GOT base, the first page may be wasted,
912 in the worst scenario, there is only 28K space for GOT).
914 The generate instruction sequence for accessing global variable
917 ldr reg, [pic_offset_table_rtx, #:gotpage_lo15:sym]
919 Only one instruction needed. But we must initialize
920 pic_offset_table_rtx properly. We generate initialize insn for
921 every global access, and allow CSE to remove all redundant.
923 The final instruction sequences will look like the following
924 for multiply global variables access.
926 adrp pic_offset_table_rtx, _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_
928 ldr reg, [pic_offset_table_rtx, #:gotpage_lo15:sym1]
929 ldr reg, [pic_offset_table_rtx, #:gotpage_lo15:sym2]
930 ldr reg, [pic_offset_table_rtx, #:gotpage_lo15:sym3]
933 rtx s
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
934 crtl
->uses_pic_offset_table
= 1;
935 emit_move_insn (gp_rtx
, gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode
, s
));
937 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (gp_rtx
))
938 gp_rtx
= simplify_gen_subreg (mode
, gp_rtx
, GET_MODE (gp_rtx
), 0);
941 if (mode
== ptr_mode
)
944 emit_insn (gen_ldr_got_small_28k_di (dest
, gp_rtx
, imm
));
946 emit_insn (gen_ldr_got_small_28k_si (dest
, gp_rtx
, imm
));
950 gcc_assert (mode
== Pmode
);
951 emit_insn (gen_ldr_got_small_28k_sidi (dest
, gp_rtx
, imm
));
957 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_4G
:
959 /* In ILP32, the mode of dest can be either SImode or DImode,
960 while the got entry is always of SImode size. The mode of
961 dest depends on how dest is used: if dest is assigned to a
962 pointer (e.g. in the memory), it has SImode; it may have
963 DImode if dest is dereferenced to access the memeory.
964 This is why we have to handle three different ldr_got_small
965 patterns here (two patterns for ILP32). */
967 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
969 if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
970 tmp_reg
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
972 emit_move_insn (tmp_reg
, gen_rtx_HIGH (mode
, imm
));
973 if (mode
== ptr_mode
)
976 emit_insn (gen_ldr_got_small_di (dest
, tmp_reg
, imm
));
978 emit_insn (gen_ldr_got_small_si (dest
, tmp_reg
, imm
));
982 gcc_assert (mode
== Pmode
);
983 emit_insn (gen_ldr_got_small_sidi (dest
, tmp_reg
, imm
));
989 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSGD
:
992 rtx result
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, R0_REGNUM
);
995 aarch64_emit_call_insn (gen_tlsgd_small (result
, imm
));
996 insns
= get_insns ();
999 RTL_CONST_CALL_P (insns
) = 1;
1000 emit_libcall_block (insns
, dest
, result
, imm
);
1004 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSDESC
:
1006 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
1007 rtx x0
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, R0_REGNUM
);
1010 gcc_assert (mode
== Pmode
|| mode
== ptr_mode
);
1012 /* In ILP32, the got entry is always of SImode size. Unlike
1013 small GOT, the dest is fixed at reg 0. */
1015 emit_insn (gen_tlsdesc_small_si (imm
));
1017 emit_insn (gen_tlsdesc_small_di (imm
));
1018 tp
= aarch64_load_tp (NULL
);
1021 tp
= gen_lowpart (mode
, tp
);
1023 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, tp
, x0
)));
1024 set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUIV
, imm
);
1028 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOTTPREL
:
1030 /* In ILP32, the mode of dest can be either SImode or DImode,
1031 while the got entry is always of SImode size. The mode of
1032 dest depends on how dest is used: if dest is assigned to a
1033 pointer (e.g. in the memory), it has SImode; it may have
1034 DImode if dest is dereferenced to access the memeory.
1035 This is why we have to handle three different tlsie_small
1036 patterns here (two patterns for ILP32). */
1037 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
1038 rtx tmp_reg
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
1039 rtx tp
= aarch64_load_tp (NULL
);
1041 if (mode
== ptr_mode
)
1044 emit_insn (gen_tlsie_small_di (tmp_reg
, imm
));
1047 emit_insn (gen_tlsie_small_si (tmp_reg
, imm
));
1048 tp
= gen_lowpart (mode
, tp
);
1053 gcc_assert (mode
== Pmode
);
1054 emit_insn (gen_tlsie_small_sidi (tmp_reg
, imm
));
1057 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, tp
, tmp_reg
)));
1058 set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUIV
, imm
);
1064 rtx tp
= aarch64_load_tp (NULL
);
1066 if (GET_MODE (dest
) != Pmode
)
1067 tp
= gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (dest
), tp
);
1069 emit_insn (gen_tlsle (dest
, tp
, imm
));
1070 set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUIV
, imm
);
1074 case SYMBOL_TINY_GOT
:
1075 emit_insn (gen_ldr_got_tiny (dest
, imm
));
1083 /* Emit a move from SRC to DEST. Assume that the move expanders can
1084 handle all moves if !can_create_pseudo_p (). The distinction is
1085 important because, unlike emit_move_insn, the move expanders know
1086 how to force Pmode objects into the constant pool even when the
1087 constant pool address is not itself legitimate. */
1089 aarch64_emit_move (rtx dest
, rtx src
)
1091 return (can_create_pseudo_p ()
1092 ? emit_move_insn (dest
, src
)
1093 : emit_move_insn_1 (dest
, src
));
1096 /* Split a 128-bit move operation into two 64-bit move operations,
1097 taking care to handle partial overlap of register to register
1098 copies. Special cases are needed when moving between GP regs and
1099 FP regs. SRC can be a register, constant or memory; DST a register
1100 or memory. If either operand is memory it must not have any side
1103 aarch64_split_128bit_move (rtx dst
, rtx src
)
1108 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (dst
);
1110 gcc_assert (mode
== TImode
|| mode
== TFmode
);
1111 gcc_assert (!(side_effects_p (src
) || side_effects_p (dst
)));
1112 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (src
) || GET_MODE (src
) == VOIDmode
);
1114 if (REG_P (dst
) && REG_P (src
))
1116 int src_regno
= REGNO (src
);
1117 int dst_regno
= REGNO (dst
);
1119 /* Handle FP <-> GP regs. */
1120 if (FP_REGNUM_P (dst_regno
) && GP_REGNUM_P (src_regno
))
1122 src_lo
= gen_lowpart (word_mode
, src
);
1123 src_hi
= gen_highpart (word_mode
, src
);
1127 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movtilow_di (dst
, src_lo
));
1128 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movtihigh_di (dst
, src_hi
));
1132 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movtflow_di (dst
, src_lo
));
1133 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movtfhigh_di (dst
, src_hi
));
1137 else if (GP_REGNUM_P (dst_regno
) && FP_REGNUM_P (src_regno
))
1139 dst_lo
= gen_lowpart (word_mode
, dst
);
1140 dst_hi
= gen_highpart (word_mode
, dst
);
1144 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movdi_tilow (dst_lo
, src
));
1145 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movdi_tihigh (dst_hi
, src
));
1149 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movdi_tflow (dst_lo
, src
));
1150 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_movdi_tfhigh (dst_hi
, src
));
1156 dst_lo
= gen_lowpart (word_mode
, dst
);
1157 dst_hi
= gen_highpart (word_mode
, dst
);
1158 src_lo
= gen_lowpart (word_mode
, src
);
1159 src_hi
= gen_highpart_mode (word_mode
, mode
, src
);
1161 /* At most one pairing may overlap. */
1162 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (dst_lo
, src_hi
))
1164 aarch64_emit_move (dst_hi
, src_hi
);
1165 aarch64_emit_move (dst_lo
, src_lo
);
1169 aarch64_emit_move (dst_lo
, src_lo
);
1170 aarch64_emit_move (dst_hi
, src_hi
);
1175 aarch64_split_128bit_move_p (rtx dst
, rtx src
)
1177 return (! REG_P (src
)
1178 || ! (FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (dst
)) && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (src
))));
1181 /* Split a complex SIMD combine. */
1184 aarch64_split_simd_combine (rtx dst
, rtx src1
, rtx src2
)
1186 machine_mode src_mode
= GET_MODE (src1
);
1187 machine_mode dst_mode
= GET_MODE (dst
);
1189 gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (dst_mode
));
1191 if (REG_P (dst
) && REG_P (src1
) && REG_P (src2
))
1193 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
1198 gen
= gen_aarch64_simd_combinev8qi
;
1201 gen
= gen_aarch64_simd_combinev4hi
;
1204 gen
= gen_aarch64_simd_combinev2si
;
1207 gen
= gen_aarch64_simd_combinev2sf
;
1210 gen
= gen_aarch64_simd_combinedi
;
1213 gen
= gen_aarch64_simd_combinedf
;
1219 emit_insn (gen (dst
, src1
, src2
));
1224 /* Split a complex SIMD move. */
1227 aarch64_split_simd_move (rtx dst
, rtx src
)
1229 machine_mode src_mode
= GET_MODE (src
);
1230 machine_mode dst_mode
= GET_MODE (dst
);
1232 gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (dst_mode
));
1234 if (REG_P (dst
) && REG_P (src
))
1236 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
);
1238 gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (src_mode
));
1243 gen
= gen_aarch64_split_simd_movv16qi
;
1246 gen
= gen_aarch64_split_simd_movv8hi
;
1249 gen
= gen_aarch64_split_simd_movv4si
;
1252 gen
= gen_aarch64_split_simd_movv2di
;
1255 gen
= gen_aarch64_split_simd_movv4sf
;
1258 gen
= gen_aarch64_split_simd_movv2df
;
1264 emit_insn (gen (dst
, src
));
1270 aarch64_force_temporary (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
, rtx value
)
1272 if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
1273 return force_reg (mode
, value
);
1276 x
= aarch64_emit_move (x
, value
);
1283 aarch64_add_offset (machine_mode mode
, rtx temp
, rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1285 if (!aarch64_plus_immediate (GEN_INT (offset
), mode
))
1288 /* Load the full offset into a register. This
1289 might be improvable in the future. */
1290 high
= GEN_INT (offset
);
1292 high
= aarch64_force_temporary (mode
, temp
, high
);
1293 reg
= aarch64_force_temporary (mode
, temp
,
1294 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, high
, reg
));
1296 return plus_constant (mode
, reg
, offset
);
1300 aarch64_internal_mov_immediate (rtx dest
, rtx imm
, bool generate
,
1303 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
;
1306 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val
;
1309 int one_match
, zero_match
, first_not_ffff_match
;
1312 if (CONST_INT_P (imm
) && aarch64_move_imm (INTVAL (imm
), mode
))
1315 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, imm
));
1322 /* We know we can't do this in 1 insn, and we must be able to do it
1323 in two; so don't mess around looking for sequences that don't buy
1327 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, GEN_INT (INTVAL (imm
) & 0xffff)));
1328 emit_insn (gen_insv_immsi (dest
, GEN_INT (16),
1329 GEN_INT ((INTVAL (imm
) >> 16) & 0xffff)));
1335 /* Remaining cases are all for DImode. */
1338 subtargets
= optimize
&& can_create_pseudo_p ();
1343 first_not_ffff_match
= -1;
1345 for (i
= 0; i
< 64; i
+= 16, mask
<<= 16)
1347 if ((val
& mask
) == mask
)
1351 if (first_not_ffff_match
< 0)
1352 first_not_ffff_match
= i
;
1353 if ((val
& mask
) == 0)
1360 /* Set one of the quarters and then insert back into result. */
1361 mask
= 0xffffll
<< first_not_ffff_match
;
1364 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, GEN_INT (val
| mask
)));
1365 emit_insn (gen_insv_immdi (dest
, GEN_INT (first_not_ffff_match
),
1366 GEN_INT ((val
>> first_not_ffff_match
)
1373 if (zero_match
== 2)
1374 goto simple_sequence
;
1376 mask
= 0x0ffff0000UL
;
1377 for (i
= 16; i
< 64; i
+= 16, mask
<<= 16)
1379 HOST_WIDE_INT comp
= mask
& ~(mask
- 1);
1381 if (aarch64_uimm12_shift (val
- (val
& mask
)))
1385 subtarget
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (DImode
) : dest
;
1386 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (subtarget
, GEN_INT (val
& mask
)));
1387 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, subtarget
,
1388 GEN_INT (val
- (val
& mask
))));
1393 else if (aarch64_uimm12_shift (-(val
- ((val
+ comp
) & mask
))))
1397 subtarget
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (DImode
) : dest
;
1398 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (subtarget
,
1399 GEN_INT ((val
+ comp
) & mask
)));
1400 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, subtarget
,
1401 GEN_INT (val
- ((val
+ comp
) & mask
))));
1406 else if (aarch64_uimm12_shift (val
- ((val
- comp
) | ~mask
)))
1410 subtarget
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (DImode
) : dest
;
1411 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (subtarget
,
1412 GEN_INT ((val
- comp
) | ~mask
)));
1413 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, subtarget
,
1414 GEN_INT (val
- ((val
- comp
) | ~mask
))));
1419 else if (aarch64_uimm12_shift (-(val
- (val
| ~mask
))))
1423 subtarget
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (DImode
) : dest
;
1424 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (subtarget
, GEN_INT (val
| ~mask
)));
1425 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, subtarget
,
1426 GEN_INT (val
- (val
| ~mask
))));
1433 /* See if we can do it by arithmetically combining two
1435 for (i
= 0; i
< AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
; i
++)
1440 if (aarch64_uimm12_shift (val
- aarch64_bitmasks
[i
])
1441 || aarch64_uimm12_shift (-val
+ aarch64_bitmasks
[i
]))
1445 subtarget
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (DImode
) : dest
;
1446 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (subtarget
,
1447 GEN_INT (aarch64_bitmasks
[i
])));
1448 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, subtarget
,
1449 GEN_INT (val
- aarch64_bitmasks
[i
])));
1455 for (j
= 0; j
< 64; j
+= 16, mask
<<= 16)
1457 if ((aarch64_bitmasks
[i
] & ~mask
) == (val
& ~mask
))
1461 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
,
1462 GEN_INT (aarch64_bitmasks
[i
])));
1463 emit_insn (gen_insv_immdi (dest
, GEN_INT (j
),
1464 GEN_INT ((val
>> j
) & 0xffff)));
1472 /* See if we can do it by logically combining two immediates. */
1473 for (i
= 0; i
< AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
; i
++)
1475 if ((aarch64_bitmasks
[i
] & val
) == aarch64_bitmasks
[i
])
1479 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
; j
++)
1480 if (val
== (aarch64_bitmasks
[i
] | aarch64_bitmasks
[j
]))
1484 subtarget
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : dest
;
1485 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (subtarget
,
1486 GEN_INT (aarch64_bitmasks
[i
])));
1487 emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (dest
, subtarget
,
1488 GEN_INT (aarch64_bitmasks
[j
])));
1494 else if ((val
& aarch64_bitmasks
[i
]) == val
)
1498 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
; j
++)
1499 if (val
== (aarch64_bitmasks
[j
] & aarch64_bitmasks
[i
]))
1503 subtarget
= subtargets
? gen_reg_rtx (mode
) : dest
;
1504 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (subtarget
,
1505 GEN_INT (aarch64_bitmasks
[j
])));
1506 emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (dest
, subtarget
,
1507 GEN_INT (aarch64_bitmasks
[i
])));
1515 if (one_match
> zero_match
)
1517 /* Set either first three quarters or all but the third. */
1518 mask
= 0xffffll
<< (16 - first_not_ffff_match
);
1520 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
,
1521 GEN_INT (val
| mask
| 0xffffffff00000000ull
)));
1524 /* Now insert other two quarters. */
1525 for (i
= first_not_ffff_match
+ 16, mask
<<= (first_not_ffff_match
<< 1);
1526 i
< 64; i
+= 16, mask
<<= 16)
1528 if ((val
& mask
) != mask
)
1531 emit_insn (gen_insv_immdi (dest
, GEN_INT (i
),
1532 GEN_INT ((val
>> i
) & 0xffff)));
1542 for (i
= 0; i
< 64; i
+= 16, mask
<<= 16)
1544 if ((val
& mask
) != 0)
1549 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, GEN_INT (val
& mask
)));
1556 emit_insn (gen_insv_immdi (dest
, GEN_INT (i
),
1557 GEN_INT ((val
>> i
) & 0xffff)));
1568 aarch64_expand_mov_immediate (rtx dest
, rtx imm
)
1570 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
1572 gcc_assert (mode
== SImode
|| mode
== DImode
);
1574 /* Check on what type of symbol it is. */
1575 if (GET_CODE (imm
) == SYMBOL_REF
1576 || GET_CODE (imm
) == LABEL_REF
1577 || GET_CODE (imm
) == CONST
)
1579 rtx mem
, base
, offset
;
1580 enum aarch64_symbol_type sty
;
1582 /* If we have (const (plus symbol offset)), separate out the offset
1583 before we start classifying the symbol. */
1584 split_const (imm
, &base
, &offset
);
1586 sty
= aarch64_classify_symbol (base
, offset
, SYMBOL_CONTEXT_ADR
);
1589 case SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
:
1590 if (offset
!= const0_rtx
1591 && targetm
.cannot_force_const_mem (mode
, imm
))
1593 gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
1594 base
= aarch64_force_temporary (mode
, dest
, base
);
1595 base
= aarch64_add_offset (mode
, NULL
, base
, INTVAL (offset
));
1596 aarch64_emit_move (dest
, base
);
1599 mem
= force_const_mem (ptr_mode
, imm
);
1601 if (mode
!= ptr_mode
)
1602 mem
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, mem
);
1603 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, mem
));
1606 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSGD
:
1607 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSDESC
:
1608 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOTTPREL
:
1609 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_28K
:
1610 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_4G
:
1611 case SYMBOL_TINY_GOT
:
1612 if (offset
!= const0_rtx
)
1614 gcc_assert(can_create_pseudo_p ());
1615 base
= aarch64_force_temporary (mode
, dest
, base
);
1616 base
= aarch64_add_offset (mode
, NULL
, base
, INTVAL (offset
));
1617 aarch64_emit_move (dest
, base
);
1622 case SYMBOL_SMALL_ABSOLUTE
:
1623 case SYMBOL_TINY_ABSOLUTE
:
1625 aarch64_load_symref_appropriately (dest
, imm
, sty
);
1633 if (!CONST_INT_P (imm
))
1635 if (GET_CODE (imm
) == HIGH
)
1636 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, imm
));
1639 rtx mem
= force_const_mem (mode
, imm
);
1641 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (dest
, mem
));
1647 aarch64_internal_mov_immediate (dest
, imm
, true, GET_MODE (dest
));
1651 aarch64_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1652 tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1654 /* Currently, always true. */
1658 /* Implement TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE. */
1661 aarch64_pass_by_reference (cumulative_args_t pcum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1664 bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1667 machine_mode dummymode
;
1670 /* GET_MODE_SIZE (BLKmode) is useless since it is 0. */
1671 size
= (mode
== BLKmode
&& type
)
1672 ? int_size_in_bytes (type
) : (int) GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
1674 /* Aggregates are passed by reference based on their size. */
1675 if (type
&& AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
))
1677 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
1680 /* Variable sized arguments are always returned by reference. */
1684 /* Can this be a candidate to be passed in fp/simd register(s)? */
1685 if (aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (mode
, type
,
1690 /* Arguments which are variable sized or larger than 2 registers are
1691 passed by reference unless they are a homogenous floating point
1693 return size
> 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
1696 /* Return TRUE if VALTYPE is padded to its least significant bits. */
1698 aarch64_return_in_msb (const_tree valtype
)
1700 machine_mode dummy_mode
;
1703 /* Never happens in little-endian mode. */
1704 if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
1707 /* Only composite types smaller than or equal to 16 bytes can
1708 be potentially returned in registers. */
1709 if (!aarch64_composite_type_p (valtype
, TYPE_MODE (valtype
))
1710 || int_size_in_bytes (valtype
) <= 0
1711 || int_size_in_bytes (valtype
) > 16)
1714 /* But not a composite that is an HFA (Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregate)
1715 or an HVA (Homogeneous Short-Vector Aggregate); such a special composite
1716 is always passed/returned in the least significant bits of fp/simd
1718 if (aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (TYPE_MODE (valtype
), valtype
,
1719 &dummy_mode
, &dummy_int
, NULL
))
1725 /* Implement TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE.
1726 Define how to find the value returned by a function. */
1729 aarch64_function_value (const_tree type
, const_tree func
,
1730 bool outgoing ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1735 machine_mode ag_mode
;
1737 mode
= TYPE_MODE (type
);
1738 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type
))
1739 mode
= promote_function_mode (type
, mode
, &unsignedp
, func
, 1);
1741 if (aarch64_return_in_msb (type
))
1743 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
1745 if (size
% UNITS_PER_WORD
!= 0)
1747 size
+= UNITS_PER_WORD
- size
% UNITS_PER_WORD
;
1748 mode
= mode_for_size (size
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, MODE_INT
, 0);
1752 if (aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (mode
, type
,
1753 &ag_mode
, &count
, NULL
))
1755 if (!aarch64_composite_type_p (type
, mode
))
1757 gcc_assert (count
== 1 && mode
== ag_mode
);
1758 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, V0_REGNUM
);
1765 par
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, rtvec_alloc (count
));
1766 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1768 rtx tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (ag_mode
, V0_REGNUM
+ i
);
1769 tmp
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, tmp
,
1770 GEN_INT (i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (ag_mode
)));
1771 XVECEXP (par
, 0, i
) = tmp
;
1777 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, R0_REGNUM
);
1780 /* Implements TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P.
1781 Return true if REGNO is the number of a hard register in which the values
1782 of called function may come back. */
1785 aarch64_function_value_regno_p (const unsigned int regno
)
1787 /* Maximum of 16 bytes can be returned in the general registers. Examples
1788 of 16-byte return values are: 128-bit integers and 16-byte small
1789 structures (excluding homogeneous floating-point aggregates). */
1790 if (regno
== R0_REGNUM
|| regno
== R1_REGNUM
)
1793 /* Up to four fp/simd registers can return a function value, e.g. a
1794 homogeneous floating-point aggregate having four members. */
1795 if (regno
>= V0_REGNUM
&& regno
< V0_REGNUM
+ HA_MAX_NUM_FLDS
)
1796 return TARGET_FLOAT
;
1801 /* Implement TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY.
1803 If the type T of the result of a function is such that
1805 would require that arg be passed as a value in a register (or set of
1806 registers) according to the parameter passing rules, then the result
1807 is returned in the same registers as would be used for such an
1811 aarch64_return_in_memory (const_tree type
, const_tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1814 machine_mode ag_mode
;
1817 if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
1818 && TREE_CODE (type
) != COMPLEX_TYPE
1819 && TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
1820 /* Simple scalar types always returned in registers. */
1823 if (aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (TYPE_MODE (type
),
1830 /* Types larger than 2 registers returned in memory. */
1831 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
1832 return (size
< 0 || size
> 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
);
1836 aarch64_vfp_is_call_candidate (cumulative_args_t pcum_v
, machine_mode mode
,
1837 const_tree type
, int *nregs
)
1839 CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
= get_cumulative_args (pcum_v
);
1840 return aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (mode
,
1842 &pcum
->aapcs_vfp_rmode
,
1847 /* Given MODE and TYPE of a function argument, return the alignment in
1848 bits. The idea is to suppress any stronger alignment requested by
1849 the user and opt for the natural alignment (specified in AAPCS64 \S 4.1).
1850 This is a helper function for local use only. */
1853 aarch64_function_arg_alignment (machine_mode mode
, const_tree type
)
1855 unsigned int alignment
;
1859 if (!integer_zerop (TYPE_SIZE (type
)))
1861 if (TYPE_MODE (type
) == mode
)
1862 alignment
= TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
1864 alignment
= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode
);
1870 alignment
= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode
);
1875 /* Layout a function argument according to the AAPCS64 rules. The rule
1876 numbers refer to the rule numbers in the AAPCS64. */
1879 aarch64_layout_arg (cumulative_args_t pcum_v
, machine_mode mode
,
1881 bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1883 CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
= get_cumulative_args (pcum_v
);
1884 int ncrn
, nvrn
, nregs
;
1885 bool allocate_ncrn
, allocate_nvrn
;
1888 /* We need to do this once per argument. */
1889 if (pcum
->aapcs_arg_processed
)
1892 pcum
->aapcs_arg_processed
= true;
1894 /* Size in bytes, rounded to the nearest multiple of 8 bytes. */
1896 = AARCH64_ROUND_UP (type
? int_size_in_bytes (type
) : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
1899 allocate_ncrn
= (type
) ? !(FLOAT_TYPE_P (type
)) : !FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
);
1900 allocate_nvrn
= aarch64_vfp_is_call_candidate (pcum_v
,
1905 /* allocate_ncrn may be false-positive, but allocate_nvrn is quite reliable.
1906 The following code thus handles passing by SIMD/FP registers first. */
1908 nvrn
= pcum
->aapcs_nvrn
;
1910 /* C1 - C5 for floating point, homogenous floating point aggregates (HFA)
1911 and homogenous short-vector aggregates (HVA). */
1915 aarch64_err_no_fpadvsimd (mode
, "argument");
1917 if (nvrn
+ nregs
<= NUM_FP_ARG_REGS
)
1919 pcum
->aapcs_nextnvrn
= nvrn
+ nregs
;
1920 if (!aarch64_composite_type_p (type
, mode
))
1922 gcc_assert (nregs
== 1);
1923 pcum
->aapcs_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, V0_REGNUM
+ nvrn
);
1929 par
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, rtvec_alloc (nregs
));
1930 for (i
= 0; i
< nregs
; i
++)
1932 rtx tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (pcum
->aapcs_vfp_rmode
,
1933 V0_REGNUM
+ nvrn
+ i
);
1934 tmp
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST
1936 GEN_INT (i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (pcum
->aapcs_vfp_rmode
)));
1937 XVECEXP (par
, 0, i
) = tmp
;
1939 pcum
->aapcs_reg
= par
;
1945 /* C.3 NSRN is set to 8. */
1946 pcum
->aapcs_nextnvrn
= NUM_FP_ARG_REGS
;
1951 ncrn
= pcum
->aapcs_ncrn
;
1952 nregs
= size
/ UNITS_PER_WORD
;
1954 /* C6 - C9. though the sign and zero extension semantics are
1955 handled elsewhere. This is the case where the argument fits
1956 entirely general registers. */
1957 if (allocate_ncrn
&& (ncrn
+ nregs
<= NUM_ARG_REGS
))
1959 unsigned int alignment
= aarch64_function_arg_alignment (mode
, type
);
1961 gcc_assert (nregs
== 0 || nregs
== 1 || nregs
== 2);
1963 /* C.8 if the argument has an alignment of 16 then the NGRN is
1964 rounded up to the next even number. */
1965 if (nregs
== 2 && alignment
== 16 * BITS_PER_UNIT
&& ncrn
% 2)
1968 gcc_assert (ncrn
+ nregs
<= NUM_ARG_REGS
);
1970 /* NREGS can be 0 when e.g. an empty structure is to be passed.
1971 A reg is still generated for it, but the caller should be smart
1972 enough not to use it. */
1973 if (nregs
== 0 || nregs
== 1 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
1975 pcum
->aapcs_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, R0_REGNUM
+ ncrn
);
1982 par
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, rtvec_alloc (nregs
));
1983 for (i
= 0; i
< nregs
; i
++)
1985 rtx tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (word_mode
, R0_REGNUM
+ ncrn
+ i
);
1986 tmp
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, tmp
,
1987 GEN_INT (i
* UNITS_PER_WORD
));
1988 XVECEXP (par
, 0, i
) = tmp
;
1990 pcum
->aapcs_reg
= par
;
1993 pcum
->aapcs_nextncrn
= ncrn
+ nregs
;
1998 pcum
->aapcs_nextncrn
= NUM_ARG_REGS
;
2000 /* The argument is passed on stack; record the needed number of words for
2001 this argument and align the total size if necessary. */
2003 pcum
->aapcs_stack_words
= size
/ UNITS_PER_WORD
;
2004 if (aarch64_function_arg_alignment (mode
, type
) == 16 * BITS_PER_UNIT
)
2005 pcum
->aapcs_stack_size
= AARCH64_ROUND_UP (pcum
->aapcs_stack_size
,
2006 16 / UNITS_PER_WORD
);
2010 /* Implement TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG. */
2013 aarch64_function_arg (cumulative_args_t pcum_v
, machine_mode mode
,
2014 const_tree type
, bool named
)
2016 CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
= get_cumulative_args (pcum_v
);
2017 gcc_assert (pcum
->pcs_variant
== ARM_PCS_AAPCS64
);
2019 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
2022 aarch64_layout_arg (pcum_v
, mode
, type
, named
);
2023 return pcum
->aapcs_reg
;
2027 aarch64_init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
,
2028 const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2029 rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2030 const_tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2031 unsigned n_named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2033 pcum
->aapcs_ncrn
= 0;
2034 pcum
->aapcs_nvrn
= 0;
2035 pcum
->aapcs_nextncrn
= 0;
2036 pcum
->aapcs_nextnvrn
= 0;
2037 pcum
->pcs_variant
= ARM_PCS_AAPCS64
;
2038 pcum
->aapcs_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2039 pcum
->aapcs_arg_processed
= false;
2040 pcum
->aapcs_stack_words
= 0;
2041 pcum
->aapcs_stack_size
= 0;
2044 && fndecl
&& TREE_PUBLIC (fndecl
)
2045 && fntype
&& fntype
!= error_mark_node
)
2047 const_tree type
= TREE_TYPE (fntype
);
2048 machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
; /* To pass pointer as argument. */
2049 int nregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
; /* Likewise. */
2050 if (aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (TYPE_MODE (type
), type
,
2051 &mode
, &nregs
, NULL
))
2052 aarch64_err_no_fpadvsimd (TYPE_MODE (type
), "return type");
2058 aarch64_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t pcum_v
,
2063 CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
= get_cumulative_args (pcum_v
);
2064 if (pcum
->pcs_variant
== ARM_PCS_AAPCS64
)
2066 aarch64_layout_arg (pcum_v
, mode
, type
, named
);
2067 gcc_assert ((pcum
->aapcs_reg
!= NULL_RTX
)
2068 != (pcum
->aapcs_stack_words
!= 0));
2069 pcum
->aapcs_arg_processed
= false;
2070 pcum
->aapcs_ncrn
= pcum
->aapcs_nextncrn
;
2071 pcum
->aapcs_nvrn
= pcum
->aapcs_nextnvrn
;
2072 pcum
->aapcs_stack_size
+= pcum
->aapcs_stack_words
;
2073 pcum
->aapcs_stack_words
= 0;
2074 pcum
->aapcs_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2079 aarch64_function_arg_regno_p (unsigned regno
)
2081 return ((GP_REGNUM_P (regno
) && regno
< R0_REGNUM
+ NUM_ARG_REGS
)
2082 || (FP_REGNUM_P (regno
) && regno
< V0_REGNUM
+ NUM_FP_ARG_REGS
));
2085 /* Implement FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY. Every parameter gets at least
2086 PARM_BOUNDARY bits of alignment, but will be given anything up
2087 to STACK_BOUNDARY bits if the type requires it. This makes sure
2088 that both before and after the layout of each argument, the Next
2089 Stacked Argument Address (NSAA) will have a minimum alignment of
2093 aarch64_function_arg_boundary (machine_mode mode
, const_tree type
)
2095 unsigned int alignment
= aarch64_function_arg_alignment (mode
, type
);
2097 if (alignment
< PARM_BOUNDARY
)
2098 alignment
= PARM_BOUNDARY
;
2099 if (alignment
> STACK_BOUNDARY
)
2100 alignment
= STACK_BOUNDARY
;
2104 /* For use by FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE).
2106 Return true if an argument passed on the stack should be padded upwards,
2107 i.e. if the least-significant byte of the stack slot has useful data.
2109 Small aggregate types are placed in the lowest memory address.
2111 The related parameter passing rules are B.4, C.3, C.5 and C.14. */
2114 aarch64_pad_arg_upward (machine_mode mode
, const_tree type
)
2116 /* On little-endian targets, the least significant byte of every stack
2117 argument is passed at the lowest byte address of the stack slot. */
2118 if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2121 /* Otherwise, integral, floating-point and pointer types are padded downward:
2122 the least significant byte of a stack argument is passed at the highest
2123 byte address of the stack slot. */
2125 ? (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type
) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type
)
2126 || POINTER_TYPE_P (type
))
2127 : (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
) || SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
)))
2130 /* Everything else padded upward, i.e. data in first byte of stack slot. */
2134 /* Similarly, for use by BLOCK_REG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE, FIRST).
2136 It specifies padding for the last (may also be the only)
2137 element of a block move between registers and memory. If
2138 assuming the block is in the memory, padding upward means that
2139 the last element is padded after its highest significant byte,
2140 while in downward padding, the last element is padded at the
2141 its least significant byte side.
2143 Small aggregates and small complex types are always padded
2146 We don't need to worry about homogeneous floating-point or
2147 short-vector aggregates; their move is not affected by the
2148 padding direction determined here. Regardless of endianness,
2149 each element of such an aggregate is put in the least
2150 significant bits of a fp/simd register.
2152 Return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN if the least significant byte of the
2153 register has useful data, and return the opposite if the most
2154 significant byte does. */
2157 aarch64_pad_reg_upward (machine_mode mode
, const_tree type
,
2158 bool first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2161 /* Small composite types are always padded upward. */
2162 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& aarch64_composite_type_p (type
, mode
))
2164 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= (type
? int_size_in_bytes (type
)
2165 : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
2166 if (size
< 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
)
2170 /* Otherwise, use the default padding. */
2171 return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
;
2175 aarch64_libgcc_cmp_return_mode (void)
2181 aarch64_frame_pointer_required (void)
2183 /* In aarch64_override_options_after_change
2184 flag_omit_leaf_frame_pointer turns off the frame pointer by
2185 default. Turn it back on now if we've not got a leaf
2187 if (flag_omit_leaf_frame_pointer
2188 && (!crtl
->is_leaf
|| df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM
)))
2194 /* Mark the registers that need to be saved by the callee and calculate
2195 the size of the callee-saved registers area and frame record (both FP
2196 and LR may be omitted). */
2198 aarch64_layout_frame (void)
2200 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
2203 if (reload_completed
&& cfun
->machine
->frame
.laid_out
)
2206 #define SLOT_NOT_REQUIRED (-2)
2207 #define SLOT_REQUIRED (-1)
2209 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
;
2210 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
;
2212 /* First mark all the registers that really need to be saved... */
2213 for (regno
= R0_REGNUM
; regno
<= R30_REGNUM
; regno
++)
2214 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] = SLOT_NOT_REQUIRED
;
2216 for (regno
= V0_REGNUM
; regno
<= V31_REGNUM
; regno
++)
2217 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] = SLOT_NOT_REQUIRED
;
2219 /* ... that includes the eh data registers (if needed)... */
2220 if (crtl
->calls_eh_return
)
2221 for (regno
= 0; EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (regno
) != INVALID_REGNUM
; regno
++)
2222 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (regno
)]
2225 /* ... and any callee saved register that dataflow says is live. */
2226 for (regno
= R0_REGNUM
; regno
<= R30_REGNUM
; regno
++)
2227 if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno
)
2228 && (regno
== R30_REGNUM
2229 || !call_used_regs
[regno
]))
2230 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] = SLOT_REQUIRED
;
2232 for (regno
= V0_REGNUM
; regno
<= V31_REGNUM
; regno
++)
2233 if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno
)
2234 && !call_used_regs
[regno
])
2235 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] = SLOT_REQUIRED
;
2237 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
2239 /* FP and LR are placed in the linkage record. */
2240 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[R29_REGNUM
] = 0;
2241 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
= R29_REGNUM
;
2242 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[R30_REGNUM
] = UNITS_PER_WORD
;
2243 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
= R30_REGNUM
;
2244 cfun
->machine
->frame
.hardfp_offset
= 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
2245 offset
+= 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
2248 /* Now assign stack slots for them. */
2249 for (regno
= R0_REGNUM
; regno
<= R30_REGNUM
; regno
++)
2250 if (cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] == SLOT_REQUIRED
)
2252 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] = offset
;
2253 if (cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2254 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
= regno
;
2255 else if (cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2256 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
= regno
;
2257 offset
+= UNITS_PER_WORD
;
2260 for (regno
= V0_REGNUM
; regno
<= V31_REGNUM
; regno
++)
2261 if (cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] == SLOT_REQUIRED
)
2263 cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] = offset
;
2264 if (cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2265 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
= regno
;
2266 else if (cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2267 && cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
>= V0_REGNUM
)
2268 cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
= regno
;
2269 offset
+= UNITS_PER_WORD
;
2272 cfun
->machine
->frame
.padding0
=
2273 (AARCH64_ROUND_UP (offset
, STACK_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) - offset
);
2274 offset
= AARCH64_ROUND_UP (offset
, STACK_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
2276 cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_regs_size
= offset
;
2278 cfun
->machine
->frame
.hard_fp_offset
2279 = AARCH64_ROUND_UP (cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_varargs_size
2281 + cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_regs_size
,
2282 STACK_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
2284 cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
2285 = AARCH64_ROUND_UP (cfun
->machine
->frame
.hard_fp_offset
2286 + crtl
->outgoing_args_size
,
2287 STACK_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
2289 cfun
->machine
->frame
.laid_out
= true;
2293 aarch64_register_saved_on_entry (int regno
)
2295 return cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] >= 0;
2299 aarch64_next_callee_save (unsigned regno
, unsigned limit
)
2301 while (regno
<= limit
&& !aarch64_register_saved_on_entry (regno
))
2307 aarch64_pushwb_single_reg (machine_mode mode
, unsigned regno
,
2308 HOST_WIDE_INT adjustment
)
2310 rtx base_rtx
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
2313 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regno
);
2314 mem
= gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode
, base_rtx
,
2315 plus_constant (Pmode
, base_rtx
, -adjustment
));
2316 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, mem
);
2318 insn
= emit_move_insn (mem
, reg
);
2319 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2323 aarch64_gen_storewb_pair (machine_mode mode
, rtx base
, rtx reg
, rtx reg2
,
2324 HOST_WIDE_INT adjustment
)
2329 return gen_storewb_pairdi_di (base
, base
, reg
, reg2
,
2330 GEN_INT (-adjustment
),
2331 GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD
- adjustment
));
2333 return gen_storewb_pairdf_di (base
, base
, reg
, reg2
,
2334 GEN_INT (-adjustment
),
2335 GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD
- adjustment
));
2342 aarch64_pushwb_pair_reg (machine_mode mode
, unsigned regno1
,
2343 unsigned regno2
, HOST_WIDE_INT adjustment
)
2346 rtx reg1
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regno1
);
2347 rtx reg2
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regno2
);
2349 insn
= emit_insn (aarch64_gen_storewb_pair (mode
, stack_pointer_rtx
, reg1
,
2351 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, 2)) = 1;
2352 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, 1)) = 1;
2353 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2357 aarch64_gen_loadwb_pair (machine_mode mode
, rtx base
, rtx reg
, rtx reg2
,
2358 HOST_WIDE_INT adjustment
)
2363 return gen_loadwb_pairdi_di (base
, base
, reg
, reg2
, GEN_INT (adjustment
),
2364 GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD
));
2366 return gen_loadwb_pairdf_di (base
, base
, reg
, reg2
, GEN_INT (adjustment
),
2367 GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD
));
2374 aarch64_gen_store_pair (machine_mode mode
, rtx mem1
, rtx reg1
, rtx mem2
,
2380 return gen_store_pairdi (mem1
, reg1
, mem2
, reg2
);
2383 return gen_store_pairdf (mem1
, reg1
, mem2
, reg2
);
2391 aarch64_gen_load_pair (machine_mode mode
, rtx reg1
, rtx mem1
, rtx reg2
,
2397 return gen_load_pairdi (reg1
, mem1
, reg2
, mem2
);
2400 return gen_load_pairdf (reg1
, mem1
, reg2
, mem2
);
2409 aarch64_save_callee_saves (machine_mode mode
, HOST_WIDE_INT start_offset
,
2410 unsigned start
, unsigned limit
, bool skip_wb
)
2413 rtx (*gen_mem_ref
) (machine_mode
, rtx
) = (frame_pointer_needed
2414 ? gen_frame_mem
: gen_rtx_MEM
);
2418 for (regno
= aarch64_next_callee_save (start
, limit
);
2420 regno
= aarch64_next_callee_save (regno
+ 1, limit
))
2423 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2426 && (regno
== cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
2427 || regno
== cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
))
2430 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regno
);
2431 offset
= start_offset
+ cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
];
2432 mem
= gen_mem_ref (mode
, plus_constant (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
2435 regno2
= aarch64_next_callee_save (regno
+ 1, limit
);
2438 && ((cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] + UNITS_PER_WORD
)
2439 == cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno2
]))
2442 rtx reg2
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regno2
);
2445 offset
= start_offset
+ cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno2
];
2446 mem2
= gen_mem_ref (mode
, plus_constant (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
2448 insn
= emit_insn (aarch64_gen_store_pair (mode
, mem
, reg
, mem2
,
2451 /* The first part of a frame-related parallel insn is
2452 always assumed to be relevant to the frame
2453 calculations; subsequent parts, are only
2454 frame-related if explicitly marked. */
2455 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, 1)) = 1;
2459 insn
= emit_move_insn (mem
, reg
);
2461 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2466 aarch64_restore_callee_saves (machine_mode mode
,
2467 HOST_WIDE_INT start_offset
, unsigned start
,
2468 unsigned limit
, bool skip_wb
, rtx
*cfi_ops
)
2470 rtx base_rtx
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
2471 rtx (*gen_mem_ref
) (machine_mode
, rtx
) = (frame_pointer_needed
2472 ? gen_frame_mem
: gen_rtx_MEM
);
2475 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2477 for (regno
= aarch64_next_callee_save (start
, limit
);
2479 regno
= aarch64_next_callee_save (regno
+ 1, limit
))
2484 && (regno
== cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
2485 || regno
== cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
))
2488 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regno
);
2489 offset
= start_offset
+ cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
];
2490 mem
= gen_mem_ref (mode
, plus_constant (Pmode
, base_rtx
, offset
));
2492 regno2
= aarch64_next_callee_save (regno
+ 1, limit
);
2495 && ((cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno
] + UNITS_PER_WORD
)
2496 == cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno2
]))
2498 rtx reg2
= gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regno2
);
2501 offset
= start_offset
+ cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[regno2
];
2502 mem2
= gen_mem_ref (mode
, plus_constant (Pmode
, base_rtx
, offset
));
2503 emit_insn (aarch64_gen_load_pair (mode
, reg
, mem
, reg2
, mem2
));
2505 *cfi_ops
= alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE
, reg2
, *cfi_ops
);
2509 emit_move_insn (reg
, mem
);
2510 *cfi_ops
= alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE
, reg
, *cfi_ops
);
2514 /* AArch64 stack frames generated by this compiler look like:
2516 +-------------------------------+
2518 | incoming stack arguments |
2520 +-------------------------------+
2521 | | <-- incoming stack pointer (aligned)
2522 | callee-allocated save area |
2523 | for register varargs |
2525 +-------------------------------+
2526 | local variables | <-- frame_pointer_rtx
2528 +-------------------------------+
2530 +-------------------------------+ |
2531 | callee-saved registers | | frame.saved_regs_size
2532 +-------------------------------+ |
2534 +-------------------------------+ |
2535 | FP' | / <- hard_frame_pointer_rtx (aligned)
2536 +-------------------------------+
2537 | dynamic allocation |
2538 +-------------------------------+
2540 +-------------------------------+
2541 | outgoing stack arguments | <-- arg_pointer
2543 +-------------------------------+
2544 | | <-- stack_pointer_rtx (aligned)
2546 Dynamic stack allocations via alloca() decrease stack_pointer_rtx
2547 but leave frame_pointer_rtx and hard_frame_pointer_rtx
2550 /* Generate the prologue instructions for entry into a function.
2551 Establish the stack frame by decreasing the stack pointer with a
2552 properly calculated size and, if necessary, create a frame record
2553 filled with the values of LR and previous frame pointer. The
2554 current FP is also set up if it is in use. */
2557 aarch64_expand_prologue (void)
2559 /* sub sp, sp, #<frame_size>
2560 stp {fp, lr}, [sp, #<frame_size> - 16]
2561 add fp, sp, #<frame_size> - hardfp_offset
2562 stp {cs_reg}, [fp, #-16] etc.
2564 sub sp, sp, <final_adjustment_if_any>
2566 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
, offset
;
2567 HOST_WIDE_INT fp_offset
; /* Offset from hard FP to SP. */
2568 HOST_WIDE_INT hard_fp_offset
;
2571 aarch64_layout_frame ();
2573 offset
= frame_size
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
;
2574 hard_fp_offset
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.hard_fp_offset
;
2575 fp_offset
= frame_size
- hard_fp_offset
;
2577 if (flag_stack_usage_info
)
2578 current_function_static_stack_size
= frame_size
;
2580 /* Store pairs and load pairs have a range only -512 to 504. */
2583 /* When the frame has a large size, an initial decrease is done on
2584 the stack pointer to jump over the callee-allocated save area for
2585 register varargs, the local variable area and/or the callee-saved
2586 register area. This will allow the pre-index write-back
2587 store pair instructions to be used for setting up the stack frame
2589 offset
= hard_fp_offset
;
2591 offset
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_regs_size
;
2593 frame_size
-= (offset
+ crtl
->outgoing_args_size
);
2596 if (frame_size
>= 0x1000000)
2598 rtx op0
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, IP0_REGNUM
);
2599 emit_move_insn (op0
, GEN_INT (-frame_size
));
2600 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
, op0
));
2602 add_reg_note (insn
, REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
,
2603 gen_rtx_SET (stack_pointer_rtx
,
2604 plus_constant (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
2606 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2608 else if (frame_size
> 0)
2610 int hi_ofs
= frame_size
& 0xfff000;
2611 int lo_ofs
= frame_size
& 0x000fff;
2615 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn
2616 (stack_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (-hi_ofs
)));
2617 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2621 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn
2622 (stack_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (-lo_ofs
)));
2623 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2632 bool skip_wb
= false;
2634 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
2640 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
2641 GEN_INT (-offset
)));
2642 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2644 aarch64_save_callee_saves (DImode
, fp_offset
, R29_REGNUM
,
2648 aarch64_pushwb_pair_reg (DImode
, R29_REGNUM
, R30_REGNUM
, offset
);
2650 /* Set up frame pointer to point to the location of the
2651 previous frame pointer on the stack. */
2652 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
2654 GEN_INT (fp_offset
)));
2655 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2656 emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
2660 unsigned reg1
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
;
2661 unsigned reg2
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
;
2664 || reg1
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2665 || (reg2
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2668 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
2669 GEN_INT (-offset
)));
2670 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2674 machine_mode mode1
= (reg1
<= R30_REGNUM
) ? DImode
: DFmode
;
2678 if (reg2
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2679 aarch64_pushwb_single_reg (mode1
, reg1
, offset
);
2681 aarch64_pushwb_pair_reg (mode1
, reg1
, reg2
, offset
);
2685 aarch64_save_callee_saves (DImode
, fp_offset
, R0_REGNUM
, R30_REGNUM
,
2687 aarch64_save_callee_saves (DFmode
, fp_offset
, V0_REGNUM
, V31_REGNUM
,
2691 /* when offset >= 512,
2692 sub sp, sp, #<outgoing_args_size> */
2693 if (frame_size
> -1)
2695 if (crtl
->outgoing_args_size
> 0)
2697 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn
2699 GEN_INT (- crtl
->outgoing_args_size
)));
2700 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2705 /* Return TRUE if we can use a simple_return insn.
2707 This function checks whether the callee saved stack is empty, which
2708 means no restore actions are need. The pro_and_epilogue will use
2709 this to check whether shrink-wrapping opt is feasible. */
2712 aarch64_use_return_insn_p (void)
2714 if (!reload_completed
)
2720 aarch64_layout_frame ();
2722 return cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
== 0;
2725 /* Generate the epilogue instructions for returning from a function. */
2727 aarch64_expand_epilogue (bool for_sibcall
)
2729 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
, offset
;
2730 HOST_WIDE_INT fp_offset
;
2731 HOST_WIDE_INT hard_fp_offset
;
2733 /* We need to add memory barrier to prevent read from deallocated stack. */
2734 bool need_barrier_p
= (get_frame_size () != 0
2735 || cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_varargs_size
);
2737 aarch64_layout_frame ();
2739 offset
= frame_size
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
;
2740 hard_fp_offset
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.hard_fp_offset
;
2741 fp_offset
= frame_size
- hard_fp_offset
;
2743 /* Store pairs and load pairs have a range only -512 to 504. */
2746 offset
= hard_fp_offset
;
2748 offset
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_regs_size
;
2750 frame_size
-= (offset
+ crtl
->outgoing_args_size
);
2752 if (!frame_pointer_needed
&& crtl
->outgoing_args_size
> 0)
2754 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn
2756 GEN_INT (crtl
->outgoing_args_size
)));
2757 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2763 /* If there were outgoing arguments or we've done dynamic stack
2764 allocation, then restore the stack pointer from the frame
2765 pointer. This is at most one insn and more efficient than using
2766 GCC's internal mechanism. */
2767 if (frame_pointer_needed
2768 && (crtl
->outgoing_args_size
|| cfun
->calls_alloca
))
2770 if (cfun
->calls_alloca
)
2771 emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
2773 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
2774 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
2776 offset
= offset
- fp_offset
;
2781 unsigned reg1
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate1
;
2782 unsigned reg2
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.wb_candidate2
;
2783 bool skip_wb
= true;
2786 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
2789 || reg1
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2790 || (reg2
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2794 aarch64_restore_callee_saves (DImode
, fp_offset
, R0_REGNUM
, R30_REGNUM
,
2796 aarch64_restore_callee_saves (DFmode
, fp_offset
, V0_REGNUM
, V31_REGNUM
,
2800 emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
2804 machine_mode mode1
= (reg1
<= R30_REGNUM
) ? DImode
: DFmode
;
2805 rtx rreg1
= gen_rtx_REG (mode1
, reg1
);
2807 cfi_ops
= alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE
, rreg1
, cfi_ops
);
2808 if (reg2
== FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
2810 rtx mem
= plus_constant (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
2811 mem
= gen_rtx_POST_MODIFY (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
, mem
);
2812 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode1
, mem
);
2813 insn
= emit_move_insn (rreg1
, mem
);
2817 rtx rreg2
= gen_rtx_REG (mode1
, reg2
);
2819 cfi_ops
= alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_RESTORE
, rreg2
, cfi_ops
);
2820 insn
= emit_insn (aarch64_gen_loadwb_pair
2821 (mode1
, stack_pointer_rtx
, rreg1
,
2827 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
2831 /* Reset the CFA to be SP + FRAME_SIZE. */
2832 rtx new_cfa
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
2834 new_cfa
= plus_constant (Pmode
, new_cfa
, frame_size
);
2835 cfi_ops
= alloc_reg_note (REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
, new_cfa
, cfi_ops
);
2836 REG_NOTES (insn
) = cfi_ops
;
2837 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2843 emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
2845 if (frame_size
>= 0x1000000)
2847 rtx op0
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, IP0_REGNUM
);
2848 emit_move_insn (op0
, GEN_INT (frame_size
));
2849 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
, op0
));
2853 int hi_ofs
= frame_size
& 0xfff000;
2854 int lo_ofs
= frame_size
& 0x000fff;
2856 if (hi_ofs
&& lo_ofs
)
2858 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn
2859 (stack_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (hi_ofs
)));
2860 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2861 frame_size
= lo_ofs
;
2863 insn
= emit_insn (gen_add2_insn
2864 (stack_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (frame_size
)));
2867 /* Reset the CFA to be SP + 0. */
2868 add_reg_note (insn
, REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
2869 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
2872 /* Stack adjustment for exception handler. */
2873 if (crtl
->calls_eh_return
)
2875 /* We need to unwind the stack by the offset computed by
2876 EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX. We have already reset the CFA
2877 to be SP; letting the CFA move during this adjustment
2878 is just as correct as retaining the CFA from the body
2879 of the function. Therefore, do nothing special. */
2880 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
, EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
));
2883 emit_use (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, LR_REGNUM
));
2885 emit_jump_insn (ret_rtx
);
2888 /* Return the place to copy the exception unwinding return address to.
2889 This will probably be a stack slot, but could (in theory be the
2890 return register). */
2892 aarch64_final_eh_return_addr (void)
2894 HOST_WIDE_INT fp_offset
;
2896 aarch64_layout_frame ();
2898 fp_offset
= cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
2899 - cfun
->machine
->frame
.hard_fp_offset
;
2901 if (cfun
->machine
->frame
.reg_offset
[LR_REGNUM
] < 0)
2902 return gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, LR_REGNUM
);
2904 /* DSE and CSELIB do not detect an alias between sp+k1 and fp+k2. This can
2905 result in a store to save LR introduced by builtin_eh_return () being
2906 incorrectly deleted because the alias is not detected.
2907 So in the calculation of the address to copy the exception unwinding
2908 return address to, we note 2 cases.
2909 If FP is needed and the fp_offset is 0, it means that SP = FP and hence
2910 we return a SP-relative location since all the addresses are SP-relative
2911 in this case. This prevents the store from being optimized away.
2912 If the fp_offset is not 0, then the addresses will be FP-relative and
2913 therefore we return a FP-relative location. */
2915 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
2918 return gen_frame_mem (DImode
,
2919 plus_constant (Pmode
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, UNITS_PER_WORD
));
2921 return gen_frame_mem (DImode
,
2922 plus_constant (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
, UNITS_PER_WORD
));
2925 /* If FP is not needed, we calculate the location of LR, which would be
2926 at the top of the saved registers block. */
2928 return gen_frame_mem (DImode
,
2929 plus_constant (Pmode
,
2932 + cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_regs_size
2933 - 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
));
2936 /* Possibly output code to build up a constant in a register. For
2937 the benefit of the costs infrastructure, returns the number of
2938 instructions which would be emitted. GENERATE inhibits or
2939 enables code generation. */
2942 aarch64_build_constant (int regnum
, HOST_WIDE_INT val
, bool generate
)
2946 if (aarch64_bitmask_imm (val
, DImode
))
2949 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, regnum
), GEN_INT (val
));
2957 HOST_WIDE_INT valp
= val
>> 16;
2961 for (i
= 16; i
< 64; i
+= 16)
2963 valm
= (valp
& 0xffff);
2974 /* zcount contains the number of additional MOVK instructions
2975 required if the constant is built up with an initial MOVZ instruction,
2976 while ncount is the number of MOVK instructions required if starting
2977 with a MOVN instruction. Choose the sequence that yields the fewest
2978 number of instructions, preferring MOVZ instructions when they are both
2980 if (ncount
< zcount
)
2983 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, regnum
),
2984 GEN_INT (val
| ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffff));
2991 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, regnum
),
2992 GEN_INT (val
& 0xffff));
2999 for (i
= 16; i
< 64; i
+= 16)
3001 if ((val
& 0xffff) != tval
)
3004 emit_insn (gen_insv_immdi (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, regnum
),
3006 GEN_INT (val
& 0xffff)));
3016 aarch64_add_constant (int regnum
, int scratchreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT delta
)
3018 HOST_WIDE_INT mdelta
= delta
;
3019 rtx this_rtx
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, regnum
);
3020 rtx scratch_rtx
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, scratchreg
);
3025 if (mdelta
>= 4096 * 4096)
3027 (void) aarch64_build_constant (scratchreg
, delta
, true);
3028 emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (this_rtx
, this_rtx
, scratch_rtx
));
3030 else if (mdelta
> 0)
3034 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (scratch_rtx
, GEN_INT (mdelta
/ 4096)));
3035 rtx shift
= gen_rtx_ASHIFT (Pmode
, scratch_rtx
, GEN_INT (12));
3037 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (this_rtx
,
3038 gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode
, this_rtx
, shift
)));
3040 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (this_rtx
,
3041 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, this_rtx
, shift
)));
3043 if (mdelta
% 4096 != 0)
3045 scratch_rtx
= GEN_INT ((delta
< 0 ? -1 : 1) * (mdelta
% 4096));
3046 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (this_rtx
,
3047 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, this_rtx
, scratch_rtx
)));
3052 /* Output code to add DELTA to the first argument, and then jump
3053 to FUNCTION. Used for C++ multiple inheritance. */
3055 aarch64_output_mi_thunk (FILE *file
, tree thunk ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3056 HOST_WIDE_INT delta
,
3057 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset
,
3060 /* The this pointer is always in x0. Note that this differs from
3061 Arm where the this pointer maybe bumped to r1 if r0 is required
3062 to return a pointer to an aggregate. On AArch64 a result value
3063 pointer will be in x8. */
3064 int this_regno
= R0_REGNUM
;
3065 rtx this_rtx
, temp0
, temp1
, addr
, funexp
;
3068 reload_completed
= 1;
3069 emit_note (NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END
);
3071 if (vcall_offset
== 0)
3072 aarch64_add_constant (this_regno
, IP1_REGNUM
, delta
);
3075 gcc_assert ((vcall_offset
& (POINTER_BYTES
- 1)) == 0);
3077 this_rtx
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, this_regno
);
3078 temp0
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, IP0_REGNUM
);
3079 temp1
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, IP1_REGNUM
);
3084 if (delta
>= -256 && delta
< 256)
3085 addr
= gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode
, this_rtx
,
3086 plus_constant (Pmode
, this_rtx
, delta
));
3088 aarch64_add_constant (this_regno
, IP1_REGNUM
, delta
);
3091 if (Pmode
== ptr_mode
)
3092 aarch64_emit_move (temp0
, gen_rtx_MEM (ptr_mode
, addr
));
3094 aarch64_emit_move (temp0
,
3095 gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (Pmode
,
3096 gen_rtx_MEM (ptr_mode
, addr
)));
3098 if (vcall_offset
>= -256 && vcall_offset
< 4096 * POINTER_BYTES
)
3099 addr
= plus_constant (Pmode
, temp0
, vcall_offset
);
3102 (void) aarch64_build_constant (IP1_REGNUM
, vcall_offset
, true);
3103 addr
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, temp0
, temp1
);
3106 if (Pmode
== ptr_mode
)
3107 aarch64_emit_move (temp1
, gen_rtx_MEM (ptr_mode
,addr
));
3109 aarch64_emit_move (temp1
,
3110 gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (Pmode
,
3111 gen_rtx_MEM (ptr_mode
, addr
)));
3113 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (this_rtx
, temp1
));
3116 /* Generate a tail call to the target function. */
3117 if (!TREE_USED (function
))
3119 assemble_external (function
);
3120 TREE_USED (function
) = 1;
3122 funexp
= XEXP (DECL_RTL (function
), 0);
3123 funexp
= gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE
, funexp
);
3124 insn
= emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (funexp
, const0_rtx
, NULL_RTX
));
3125 SIBLING_CALL_P (insn
) = 1;
3127 insn
= get_insns ();
3128 shorten_branches (insn
);
3129 final_start_function (insn
, file
, 1);
3130 final (insn
, file
, 1);
3131 final_end_function ();
3133 /* Stop pretending to be a post-reload pass. */
3134 reload_completed
= 0;
3138 aarch64_tls_referenced_p (rtx x
)
3140 if (!TARGET_HAVE_TLS
)
3142 subrtx_iterator::array_type array
;
3143 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter
, array
, x
, ALL
)
3145 const_rtx x
= *iter
;
3146 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x
) != 0)
3148 /* Don't recurse into UNSPEC_TLS looking for TLS symbols; these are
3149 TLS offsets, not real symbol references. */
3150 if (GET_CODE (x
) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (x
, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS
)
3151 iter
.skip_subrtxes ();
3158 aarch64_bitmasks_cmp (const void *i1
, const void *i2
)
3160 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*imm1
= (const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*) i1
;
3161 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*imm2
= (const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*) i2
;
3172 aarch64_build_bitmask_table (void)
3174 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
, imm
;
3175 unsigned int log_e
, e
, s
, r
;
3176 unsigned int nimms
= 0;
3178 for (log_e
= 1; log_e
<= 6; log_e
++)
3182 mask
= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0;
3184 mask
= ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << e
) - 1;
3185 for (s
= 1; s
< e
; s
++)
3187 for (r
= 0; r
< e
; r
++)
3189 /* set s consecutive bits to 1 (s < 64) */
3190 imm
= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)1 << s
) - 1;
3191 /* rotate right by r */
3193 imm
= ((imm
>> r
) | (imm
<< (e
- r
))) & mask
;
3194 /* replicate the constant depending on SIMD size */
3196 case 1: imm
|= (imm
<< 2);
3197 case 2: imm
|= (imm
<< 4);
3198 case 3: imm
|= (imm
<< 8);
3199 case 4: imm
|= (imm
<< 16);
3200 case 5: imm
|= (imm
<< 32);
3206 gcc_assert (nimms
< AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
);
3207 aarch64_bitmasks
[nimms
++] = imm
;
3212 gcc_assert (nimms
== AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
);
3213 qsort (aarch64_bitmasks
, nimms
, sizeof (aarch64_bitmasks
[0]),
3214 aarch64_bitmasks_cmp
);
3218 /* Return true if val can be encoded as a 12-bit unsigned immediate with
3219 a left shift of 0 or 12 bits. */
3221 aarch64_uimm12_shift (HOST_WIDE_INT val
)
3223 return ((val
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xfff) << 0)) == val
3224 || (val
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xfff) << 12)) == val
3229 /* Return true if val is an immediate that can be loaded into a
3230 register by a MOVZ instruction. */
3232 aarch64_movw_imm (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, machine_mode mode
)
3234 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > 4)
3236 if ((val
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffff) << 32)) == val
3237 || (val
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffff) << 48)) == val
)
3242 /* Ignore sign extension. */
3243 val
&= (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff;
3245 return ((val
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffff) << 0)) == val
3246 || (val
& (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffff) << 16)) == val
);
3250 /* Return true if val is a valid bitmask immediate. */
3252 aarch64_bitmask_imm (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, machine_mode mode
)
3254 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < 8)
3256 /* Replicate bit pattern. */
3257 val
&= (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xffffffff;
3260 return bsearch (&val
, aarch64_bitmasks
, AARCH64_NUM_BITMASKS
,
3261 sizeof (aarch64_bitmasks
[0]), aarch64_bitmasks_cmp
) != NULL
;
3265 /* Return true if val is an immediate that can be loaded into a
3266 register in a single instruction. */
3268 aarch64_move_imm (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, machine_mode mode
)
3270 if (aarch64_movw_imm (val
, mode
) || aarch64_movw_imm (~val
, mode
))
3272 return aarch64_bitmask_imm (val
, mode
);
3276 aarch64_cannot_force_const_mem (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, rtx x
)
3280 if (GET_CODE (x
) == HIGH
)
3283 split_const (x
, &base
, &offset
);
3284 if (GET_CODE (base
) == SYMBOL_REF
|| GET_CODE (base
) == LABEL_REF
)
3286 if (aarch64_classify_symbol (base
, offset
, SYMBOL_CONTEXT_ADR
)
3287 != SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
)
3290 /* Avoid generating a 64-bit relocation in ILP32; leave
3291 to aarch64_expand_mov_immediate to handle it properly. */
3292 return mode
!= ptr_mode
;
3295 return aarch64_tls_referenced_p (x
);
3298 /* Return true if register REGNO is a valid index register.
3299 STRICT_P is true if REG_OK_STRICT is in effect. */
3302 aarch64_regno_ok_for_index_p (int regno
, bool strict_p
)
3304 if (!HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (regno
))
3312 regno
= reg_renumber
[regno
];
3314 return GP_REGNUM_P (regno
);
3317 /* Return true if register REGNO is a valid base register for mode MODE.
3318 STRICT_P is true if REG_OK_STRICT is in effect. */
3321 aarch64_regno_ok_for_base_p (int regno
, bool strict_p
)
3323 if (!HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (regno
))
3331 regno
= reg_renumber
[regno
];
3334 /* The fake registers will be eliminated to either the stack or
3335 hard frame pointer, both of which are usually valid base registers.
3336 Reload deals with the cases where the eliminated form isn't valid. */
3337 return (GP_REGNUM_P (regno
)
3338 || regno
== SP_REGNUM
3339 || regno
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3340 || regno
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
);
3343 /* Return true if X is a valid base register for mode MODE.
3344 STRICT_P is true if REG_OK_STRICT is in effect. */
3347 aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (rtx x
, bool strict_p
)
3349 if (!strict_p
&& GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
)
3352 return (REG_P (x
) && aarch64_regno_ok_for_base_p (REGNO (x
), strict_p
));
3355 /* Return true if address offset is a valid index. If it is, fill in INFO
3356 appropriately. STRICT_P is true if REG_OK_STRICT is in effect. */
3359 aarch64_classify_index (struct aarch64_address_info
*info
, rtx x
,
3360 machine_mode mode
, bool strict_p
)
3362 enum aarch64_address_type type
;
3367 if ((REG_P (x
) || GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
)
3368 && GET_MODE (x
) == Pmode
)
3370 type
= ADDRESS_REG_REG
;
3374 /* (sign_extend:DI (reg:SI)) */
3375 else if ((GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTEND
3376 || GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
3377 && GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
3378 && GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SImode
)
3380 type
= (GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
3381 ? ADDRESS_REG_SXTW
: ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
;
3382 index
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3385 /* (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (reg:SI)) (const_int scale)) */
3386 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == MULT
3387 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
3388 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
3389 && GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == DImode
3390 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == SImode
3391 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
3393 type
= (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
3394 ? ADDRESS_REG_SXTW
: ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
;
3395 index
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
3396 shift
= exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)));
3398 /* (ashift:DI (sign_extend:DI (reg:SI)) (const_int shift)) */
3399 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFT
3400 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
3401 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
3402 && GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == DImode
3403 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == SImode
3404 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
3406 type
= (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
3407 ? ADDRESS_REG_SXTW
: ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
;
3408 index
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
3409 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
3411 /* (sign_extract:DI (mult:DI (reg:DI) (const_int scale)) 32+shift 0) */
3412 else if ((GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
3413 || GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
)
3414 && GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
3415 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MULT
3416 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == DImode
3417 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)))
3419 type
= (GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
3420 ? ADDRESS_REG_SXTW
: ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
;
3421 index
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
3422 shift
= exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)));
3423 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) != 32 + shift
3424 || INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 2)) != 0)
3427 /* (and:DI (mult:DI (reg:DI) (const_int scale))
3428 (const_int 0xffffffff<<shift)) */
3429 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == AND
3430 && GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
3431 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MULT
3432 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == DImode
3433 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1))
3434 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
3436 type
= ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
;
3437 index
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
3438 shift
= exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)));
3439 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) != (HOST_WIDE_INT
)0xffffffff << shift
)
3442 /* (sign_extract:DI (ashift:DI (reg:DI) (const_int shift)) 32+shift 0) */
3443 else if ((GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
3444 || GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
)
3445 && GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
3446 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ASHIFT
3447 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == DImode
3448 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)))
3450 type
= (GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
3451 ? ADDRESS_REG_SXTW
: ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
;
3452 index
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
3453 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1));
3454 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) != 32 + shift
3455 || INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 2)) != 0)
3458 /* (and:DI (ashift:DI (reg:DI) (const_int shift))
3459 (const_int 0xffffffff<<shift)) */
3460 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == AND
3461 && GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
3462 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == ASHIFT
3463 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == DImode
3464 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1))
3465 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
3467 type
= ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
;
3468 index
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
3469 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1));
3470 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) != (HOST_WIDE_INT
)0xffffffff << shift
)
3473 /* (mult:P (reg:P) (const_int scale)) */
3474 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == MULT
3475 && GET_MODE (x
) == Pmode
3476 && GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == Pmode
3477 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
3479 type
= ADDRESS_REG_REG
;
3480 index
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3481 shift
= exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)));
3483 /* (ashift:P (reg:P) (const_int shift)) */
3484 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFT
3485 && GET_MODE (x
) == Pmode
3486 && GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == Pmode
3487 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
3489 type
= ADDRESS_REG_REG
;
3490 index
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3491 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
3496 if (GET_CODE (index
) == SUBREG
)
3497 index
= SUBREG_REG (index
);
3500 (shift
> 0 && shift
<= 3
3501 && (1 << shift
) == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)))
3503 && aarch64_regno_ok_for_index_p (REGNO (index
), strict_p
))
3506 info
->offset
= index
;
3507 info
->shift
= shift
;
3515 aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (machine_mode mode
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3517 return (offset
>= -64 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)
3518 && offset
< 64 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)
3519 && offset
% GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 0);
3523 offset_9bit_signed_unscaled_p (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3524 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3526 return offset
>= -256 && offset
< 256;
3530 offset_12bit_unsigned_scaled_p (machine_mode mode
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3533 && offset
< 4096 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)
3534 && offset
% GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 0);
3537 /* Return true if X is a valid address for machine mode MODE. If it is,
3538 fill in INFO appropriately. STRICT_P is true if REG_OK_STRICT is in
3539 effect. OUTER_CODE is PARALLEL for a load/store pair. */
3542 aarch64_classify_address (struct aarch64_address_info
*info
,
3543 rtx x
, machine_mode mode
,
3544 RTX_CODE outer_code
, bool strict_p
)
3546 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3549 /* On BE, we use load/store pair for all large int mode load/stores. */
3550 bool load_store_pair_p
= (outer_code
== PARALLEL
3551 || (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
3552 && aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
)));
3554 bool allow_reg_index_p
=
3556 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 16 || aarch64_vector_mode_supported_p (mode
))
3557 && !aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
);
3559 /* On LE, for AdvSIMD, don't support anything other than POST_INC or
3561 if (aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
) && !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
3562 && (code
!= POST_INC
&& code
!= REG
))
3569 info
->type
= ADDRESS_REG_IMM
;
3571 info
->offset
= const0_rtx
;
3572 return aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (x
, strict_p
);
3580 && (op0
== virtual_stack_vars_rtx
3581 || op0
== frame_pointer_rtx
3582 || op0
== arg_pointer_rtx
)
3583 && CONST_INT_P (op1
))
3585 info
->type
= ADDRESS_REG_IMM
;
3592 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 0
3593 && CONST_INT_P (op1
)
3594 && aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (op0
, strict_p
))
3596 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= INTVAL (op1
);
3598 info
->type
= ADDRESS_REG_IMM
;
3602 /* TImode and TFmode values are allowed in both pairs of X
3603 registers and individual Q registers. The available
3605 X,X: 7-bit signed scaled offset
3606 Q: 9-bit signed offset
3607 We conservatively require an offset representable in either mode.
3609 if (mode
== TImode
|| mode
== TFmode
)
3610 return (aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (mode
, offset
)
3611 && offset_9bit_signed_unscaled_p (mode
, offset
));
3613 /* A 7bit offset check because OImode will emit a ldp/stp
3614 instruction (only big endian will get here).
3615 For ldp/stp instructions, the offset is scaled for the size of a
3616 single element of the pair. */
3618 return aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (TImode
, offset
);
3620 /* Three 9/12 bit offsets checks because CImode will emit three
3621 ldr/str instructions (only big endian will get here). */
3623 return (aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (TImode
, offset
)
3624 && (offset_9bit_signed_unscaled_p (V16QImode
, offset
+ 32)
3625 || offset_12bit_unsigned_scaled_p (V16QImode
,
3628 /* Two 7bit offsets checks because XImode will emit two ldp/stp
3629 instructions (only big endian will get here). */
3631 return (aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (TImode
, offset
)
3632 && aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (TImode
,
3635 if (load_store_pair_p
)
3636 return ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 4 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 8)
3637 && aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (mode
, offset
));
3639 return (offset_9bit_signed_unscaled_p (mode
, offset
)
3640 || offset_12bit_unsigned_scaled_p (mode
, offset
));
3643 if (allow_reg_index_p
)
3645 /* Look for base + (scaled/extended) index register. */
3646 if (aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (op0
, strict_p
)
3647 && aarch64_classify_index (info
, op1
, mode
, strict_p
))
3652 if (aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (op1
, strict_p
)
3653 && aarch64_classify_index (info
, op0
, mode
, strict_p
))
3666 info
->type
= ADDRESS_REG_WB
;
3667 info
->base
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3668 info
->offset
= NULL_RTX
;
3669 return aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (info
->base
, strict_p
);
3673 info
->type
= ADDRESS_REG_WB
;
3674 info
->base
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3675 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == PLUS
3676 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1))
3677 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), info
->base
)
3678 && aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (info
->base
, strict_p
))
3680 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
3681 info
->offset
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 1);
3682 offset
= INTVAL (info
->offset
);
3684 /* TImode and TFmode values are allowed in both pairs of X
3685 registers and individual Q registers. The available
3687 X,X: 7-bit signed scaled offset
3688 Q: 9-bit signed offset
3689 We conservatively require an offset representable in either mode.
3691 if (mode
== TImode
|| mode
== TFmode
)
3692 return (aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (mode
, offset
)
3693 && offset_9bit_signed_unscaled_p (mode
, offset
));
3695 if (load_store_pair_p
)
3696 return ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 4 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 8)
3697 && aarch64_offset_7bit_signed_scaled_p (mode
, offset
));
3699 return offset_9bit_signed_unscaled_p (mode
, offset
);
3706 /* load literal: pc-relative constant pool entry. Only supported
3707 for SI mode or larger. */
3708 info
->type
= ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC
;
3710 if (!load_store_pair_p
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) >= 4)
3714 split_const (x
, &sym
, &addend
);
3715 return (GET_CODE (sym
) == LABEL_REF
3716 || (GET_CODE (sym
) == SYMBOL_REF
3717 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (sym
)));
3722 info
->type
= ADDRESS_LO_SUM
;
3723 info
->base
= XEXP (x
, 0);
3724 info
->offset
= XEXP (x
, 1);
3725 if (allow_reg_index_p
3726 && aarch64_base_register_rtx_p (info
->base
, strict_p
))
3729 split_const (info
->offset
, &sym
, &offs
);
3730 if (GET_CODE (sym
) == SYMBOL_REF
3731 && (aarch64_classify_symbol (sym
, offs
, SYMBOL_CONTEXT_MEM
)
3732 == SYMBOL_SMALL_ABSOLUTE
))
3734 /* The symbol and offset must be aligned to the access size. */
3736 unsigned int ref_size
;
3738 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (sym
))
3739 align
= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (get_pool_mode (sym
));
3740 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (sym
))
3742 tree exp
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (sym
);
3743 align
= TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp
));
3744 align
= CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp
, align
);
3746 else if (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (sym
))
3747 align
= DECL_ALIGN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (sym
));
3748 else if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (sym
)
3749 && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (sym
) != NULL
)
3750 align
= SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (sym
)->alignment
;
3752 align
= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
3754 ref_size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
3756 ref_size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode
);
3758 return ((INTVAL (offs
) & (ref_size
- 1)) == 0
3759 && ((align
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) & (ref_size
- 1)) == 0);
3770 aarch64_symbolic_address_p (rtx x
)
3774 split_const (x
, &x
, &offset
);
3775 return GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
|| GET_CODE (x
) == LABEL_REF
;
3778 /* Classify the base of symbolic expression X, given that X appears in
3781 enum aarch64_symbol_type
3782 aarch64_classify_symbolic_expression (rtx x
,
3783 enum aarch64_symbol_context context
)
3787 split_const (x
, &x
, &offset
);
3788 return aarch64_classify_symbol (x
, offset
, context
);
3792 /* Return TRUE if X is a legitimate address for accessing memory in
3795 aarch64_legitimate_address_hook_p (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
, bool strict_p
)
3797 struct aarch64_address_info addr
;
3799 return aarch64_classify_address (&addr
, x
, mode
, MEM
, strict_p
);
3802 /* Return TRUE if X is a legitimate address for accessing memory in
3803 mode MODE. OUTER_CODE will be PARALLEL if this is a load/store
3806 aarch64_legitimate_address_p (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
,
3807 RTX_CODE outer_code
, bool strict_p
)
3809 struct aarch64_address_info addr
;
3811 return aarch64_classify_address (&addr
, x
, mode
, outer_code
, strict_p
);
3814 /* Return TRUE if rtx X is immediate constant 0.0 */
3816 aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (rtx x
)
3820 if (GET_MODE (x
) == VOIDmode
)
3823 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, x
);
3824 if (REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r
))
3825 return !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (GET_MODE (x
));
3826 return REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r
, dconst0
);
3829 /* Return the fixed registers used for condition codes. */
3832 aarch64_fixed_condition_code_regs (unsigned int *p1
, unsigned int *p2
)
3835 *p2
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3839 /* Emit call insn with PAT and do aarch64-specific handling. */
3842 aarch64_emit_call_insn (rtx pat
)
3844 rtx insn
= emit_call_insn (pat
);
3846 rtx
*fusage
= &CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
);
3847 clobber_reg (fusage
, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode
, IP0_REGNUM
));
3848 clobber_reg (fusage
, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode
, IP1_REGNUM
));
3852 aarch64_select_cc_mode (RTX_CODE code
, rtx x
, rtx y
)
3854 /* All floating point compares return CCFP if it is an equality
3855 comparison, and CCFPE otherwise. */
3856 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_FLOAT
)
3883 if ((GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
|| GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
)
3885 && (code
== EQ
|| code
== NE
|| code
== LT
|| code
== GE
)
3886 && (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
|| GET_CODE (x
) == MINUS
|| GET_CODE (x
) == AND
3887 || GET_CODE (x
) == NEG
))
3890 /* A compare with a shifted operand. Because of canonicalization,
3891 the comparison will have to be swapped when we emit the assembly
3893 if ((GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
|| GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
)
3894 && (REG_P (y
) || GET_CODE (y
) == SUBREG
)
3895 && (GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFT
|| GET_CODE (x
) == ASHIFTRT
3896 || GET_CODE (x
) == LSHIFTRT
3897 || GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTEND
|| GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTEND
))
3900 /* Similarly for a negated operand, but we can only do this for
3902 if ((GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
|| GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
)
3903 && (REG_P (y
) || GET_CODE (y
) == SUBREG
)
3904 && (code
== EQ
|| code
== NE
)
3905 && GET_CODE (x
) == NEG
)
3908 /* A compare of a mode narrower than SI mode against zero can be done
3909 by extending the value in the comparison. */
3910 if ((GET_MODE (x
) == QImode
|| GET_MODE (x
) == HImode
)
3912 /* Only use sign-extension if we really need it. */
3913 return ((code
== GT
|| code
== GE
|| code
== LE
|| code
== LT
)
3914 ? CC_SESWPmode
: CC_ZESWPmode
);
3916 /* For everything else, return CCmode. */
3921 aarch64_get_condition_code_1 (enum machine_mode
, enum rtx_code
);
3924 aarch64_get_condition_code (rtx x
)
3926 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0));
3927 enum rtx_code comp_code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3929 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_CC
)
3930 mode
= SELECT_CC_MODE (comp_code
, XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (x
, 1));
3931 return aarch64_get_condition_code_1 (mode
, comp_code
);
3935 aarch64_get_condition_code_1 (enum machine_mode mode
, enum rtx_code comp_code
)
3937 int ne
= -1, eq
= -1;
3944 case GE
: return AARCH64_GE
;
3945 case GT
: return AARCH64_GT
;
3946 case LE
: return AARCH64_LS
;
3947 case LT
: return AARCH64_MI
;
3948 case NE
: return AARCH64_NE
;
3949 case EQ
: return AARCH64_EQ
;
3950 case ORDERED
: return AARCH64_VC
;
3951 case UNORDERED
: return AARCH64_VS
;
3952 case UNLT
: return AARCH64_LT
;
3953 case UNLE
: return AARCH64_LE
;
3954 case UNGT
: return AARCH64_HI
;
3955 case UNGE
: return AARCH64_PL
;
4013 case NE
: return AARCH64_NE
;
4014 case EQ
: return AARCH64_EQ
;
4015 case GE
: return AARCH64_GE
;
4016 case GT
: return AARCH64_GT
;
4017 case LE
: return AARCH64_LE
;
4018 case LT
: return AARCH64_LT
;
4019 case GEU
: return AARCH64_CS
;
4020 case GTU
: return AARCH64_HI
;
4021 case LEU
: return AARCH64_LS
;
4022 case LTU
: return AARCH64_CC
;
4032 case NE
: return AARCH64_NE
;
4033 case EQ
: return AARCH64_EQ
;
4034 case GE
: return AARCH64_LE
;
4035 case GT
: return AARCH64_LT
;
4036 case LE
: return AARCH64_GE
;
4037 case LT
: return AARCH64_GT
;
4038 case GEU
: return AARCH64_LS
;
4039 case GTU
: return AARCH64_CC
;
4040 case LEU
: return AARCH64_CS
;
4041 case LTU
: return AARCH64_HI
;
4049 case NE
: return AARCH64_NE
;
4050 case EQ
: return AARCH64_EQ
;
4051 case GE
: return AARCH64_PL
;
4052 case LT
: return AARCH64_MI
;
4060 case NE
: return AARCH64_NE
;
4061 case EQ
: return AARCH64_EQ
;
4071 if (comp_code
== NE
)
4074 if (comp_code
== EQ
)
4081 aarch64_const_vec_all_same_in_range_p (rtx x
,
4082 HOST_WIDE_INT minval
,
4083 HOST_WIDE_INT maxval
)
4085 HOST_WIDE_INT firstval
;
4088 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_VECTOR
4089 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) != MODE_VECTOR_INT
)
4092 firstval
= INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, 0));
4093 if (firstval
< minval
|| firstval
> maxval
)
4096 count
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x
);
4097 for (i
= 1; i
< count
; i
++)
4098 if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, i
)) != firstval
)
4105 aarch64_const_vec_all_same_int_p (rtx x
, HOST_WIDE_INT val
)
4107 return aarch64_const_vec_all_same_in_range_p (x
, val
, val
);
4111 bit_count (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
4125 #define AARCH64_CC_V 1
4126 #define AARCH64_CC_C (1 << 1)
4127 #define AARCH64_CC_Z (1 << 2)
4128 #define AARCH64_CC_N (1 << 3)
4130 /* N Z C V flags for ccmp. The first code is for AND op and the other
4131 is for IOR op. Indexed by AARCH64_COND_CODE. */
4132 static const int aarch64_nzcv_codes
[][2] =
4134 {AARCH64_CC_Z
, 0}, /* EQ, Z == 1. */
4135 {0, AARCH64_CC_Z
}, /* NE, Z == 0. */
4136 {AARCH64_CC_C
, 0}, /* CS, C == 1. */
4137 {0, AARCH64_CC_C
}, /* CC, C == 0. */
4138 {AARCH64_CC_N
, 0}, /* MI, N == 1. */
4139 {0, AARCH64_CC_N
}, /* PL, N == 0. */
4140 {AARCH64_CC_V
, 0}, /* VS, V == 1. */
4141 {0, AARCH64_CC_V
}, /* VC, V == 0. */
4142 {AARCH64_CC_C
, 0}, /* HI, C ==1 && Z == 0. */
4143 {0, AARCH64_CC_C
}, /* LS, !(C == 1 && Z == 0). */
4144 {0, AARCH64_CC_V
}, /* GE, N == V. */
4145 {AARCH64_CC_V
, 0}, /* LT, N != V. */
4146 {0, AARCH64_CC_Z
}, /* GT, Z == 0 && N == V. */
4147 {AARCH64_CC_Z
, 0}, /* LE, !(Z == 0 && N == V). */
4148 {0, 0}, /* AL, Any. */
4149 {0, 0}, /* NV, Any. */
4153 aarch64_ccmp_mode_to_code (enum machine_mode mode
)
4194 aarch64_print_operand (FILE *f
, rtx x
, char code
)
4198 /* An integer or symbol address without a preceding # sign. */
4200 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
4203 fprintf (f
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, INTVAL (x
));
4207 output_addr_const (f
, x
);
4211 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
4212 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
)
4214 output_addr_const (f
, x
);
4220 output_operand_lossage ("Unsupported operand for code '%c'", code
);
4225 /* Print the sign/zero-extend size as a character 8->b, 16->h, 32->w. */
4229 if (!CONST_INT_P (x
)
4230 || (n
= exact_log2 (INTVAL (x
) & ~7)) <= 0)
4232 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4248 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4258 /* Print N such that 2^N == X. */
4259 if (!CONST_INT_P (x
) || (n
= exact_log2 (INTVAL (x
))) < 0)
4261 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4265 asm_fprintf (f
, "%d", n
);
4270 /* Print the number of non-zero bits in X (a const_int). */
4271 if (!CONST_INT_P (x
))
4273 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4277 asm_fprintf (f
, "%u", bit_count (INTVAL (x
)));
4281 /* Print the higher numbered register of a pair (TImode) of regs. */
4282 if (!REG_P (x
) || !GP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (x
) + 1))
4284 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4288 asm_fprintf (f
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
) + 1]);
4294 /* Print a condition (eq, ne, etc). */
4296 /* CONST_TRUE_RTX means always -- that's the default. */
4297 if (x
== const_true_rtx
)
4300 if (!COMPARISON_P (x
))
4302 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4306 cond_code
= aarch64_get_condition_code (x
);
4307 gcc_assert (cond_code
>= 0);
4308 fputs (aarch64_condition_codes
[cond_code
], f
);
4315 /* Print the inverse of a condition (eq <-> ne, etc). */
4317 /* CONST_TRUE_RTX means never -- that's the default. */
4318 if (x
== const_true_rtx
)
4324 if (!COMPARISON_P (x
))
4326 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4329 cond_code
= aarch64_get_condition_code (x
);
4330 gcc_assert (cond_code
>= 0);
4331 fputs (aarch64_condition_codes
[AARCH64_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE
4341 /* Print a scalar FP/SIMD register name. */
4342 if (!REG_P (x
) || !FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (x
)))
4344 output_operand_lossage ("incompatible floating point / vector register operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4347 asm_fprintf (f
, "%c%d", code
, REGNO (x
) - V0_REGNUM
);
4354 /* Print the first FP/SIMD register name in a list. */
4355 if (!REG_P (x
) || !FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (x
)))
4357 output_operand_lossage ("incompatible floating point / vector register operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4360 asm_fprintf (f
, "v%d", REGNO (x
) - V0_REGNUM
+ (code
- 'S'));
4364 /* Print a scalar FP/SIMD register name + 1. */
4365 if (!REG_P (x
) || !FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (x
)))
4367 output_operand_lossage ("incompatible floating point / vector register operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4370 asm_fprintf (f
, "q%d", REGNO (x
) - V0_REGNUM
+ 1);
4374 /* Print bottom 16 bits of integer constant in hex. */
4375 if (!CONST_INT_P (x
))
4377 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4380 asm_fprintf (f
, "0x%wx", UINTVAL (x
) & 0xffff);
4385 /* Print a general register name or the zero register (32-bit or
4388 || (CONST_DOUBLE_P (x
) && aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (x
)))
4390 asm_fprintf (f
, "%czr", code
);
4394 if (REG_P (x
) && GP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (x
)))
4396 asm_fprintf (f
, "%c%d", code
, REGNO (x
) - R0_REGNUM
);
4400 if (REG_P (x
) && REGNO (x
) == SP_REGNUM
)
4402 asm_fprintf (f
, "%ssp", code
== 'w' ? "w" : "");
4409 /* Print a normal operand, if it's a general register, then we
4413 output_operand_lossage ("missing operand");
4417 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
4420 asm_fprintf (f
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)]);
4424 aarch64_memory_reference_mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
4425 output_address (XEXP (x
, 0));
4430 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, x
);
4434 asm_fprintf (f
, "%wd", INTVAL (x
));
4438 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_VECTOR_INT
)
4441 aarch64_const_vec_all_same_in_range_p (x
,
4443 HOST_WIDE_INT_MAX
));
4444 asm_fprintf (f
, "%wd", INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, 0)));
4446 else if (aarch64_simd_imm_zero_p (x
, GET_MODE (x
)))
4455 /* CONST_DOUBLE can represent a double-width integer.
4456 In this case, the mode of x is VOIDmode. */
4457 if (GET_MODE (x
) == VOIDmode
)
4459 else if (aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (x
))
4464 else if (aarch64_float_const_representable_p (x
))
4467 char float_buf
[buf_size
] = {'\0'};
4469 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, x
);
4470 real_to_decimal_for_mode (float_buf
, &r
,
4473 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s", float_buf
);
4477 output_operand_lossage ("invalid constant");
4480 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand");
4486 if (GET_CODE (x
) == HIGH
)
4489 switch (aarch64_classify_symbolic_expression (x
, SYMBOL_CONTEXT_ADR
))
4491 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_4G
:
4492 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":got:");
4495 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSGD
:
4496 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":tlsgd:");
4499 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSDESC
:
4500 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":tlsdesc:");
4503 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOTTPREL
:
4504 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":gottprel:");
4508 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":tprel:");
4511 case SYMBOL_TINY_GOT
:
4518 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, x
);
4522 switch (aarch64_classify_symbolic_expression (x
, SYMBOL_CONTEXT_ADR
))
4524 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_4G
:
4525 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":lo12:");
4528 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSGD
:
4529 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":tlsgd_lo12:");
4532 case SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSDESC
:
4533 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":tlsdesc_lo12:");
4536 case SYMBOL_SMALL_GOTTPREL
:
4537 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":gottprel_lo12:");
4541 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":tprel_lo12_nc:");
4544 case SYMBOL_TINY_GOT
:
4545 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":got:");
4551 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, x
);
4556 switch (aarch64_classify_symbolic_expression (x
, SYMBOL_CONTEXT_ADR
))
4559 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, ":tprel_hi12:");
4564 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, x
);
4572 if (!COMPARISON_P (x
))
4574 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4578 cond_code
= aarch64_get_condition_code_1 (CCmode
, GET_CODE (x
));
4579 gcc_assert (cond_code
>= 0);
4580 asm_fprintf (f
, "%d", aarch64_nzcv_codes
[cond_code
][0]);
4589 if (!COMPARISON_P (x
))
4591 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for '%%%c'", code
);
4595 cond_code
= aarch64_get_condition_code_1 (CCmode
, GET_CODE (x
));
4596 gcc_assert (cond_code
>= 0);
4597 asm_fprintf (f
, "%d", aarch64_nzcv_codes
[cond_code
][1]);
4602 output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand prefix '%%%c'", code
);
4608 aarch64_print_operand_address (FILE *f
, rtx x
)
4610 struct aarch64_address_info addr
;
4612 if (aarch64_classify_address (&addr
, x
, aarch64_memory_reference_mode
,
4616 case ADDRESS_REG_IMM
:
4617 if (addr
.offset
== const0_rtx
)
4618 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)]);
4620 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, %wd]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4621 INTVAL (addr
.offset
));
4624 case ADDRESS_REG_REG
:
4625 if (addr
.shift
== 0)
4626 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, %s]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4627 reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.offset
)]);
4629 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, %s, lsl %u]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4630 reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.offset
)], addr
.shift
);
4633 case ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
:
4634 if (addr
.shift
== 0)
4635 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, w%d, uxtw]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4636 REGNO (addr
.offset
) - R0_REGNUM
);
4638 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, w%d, uxtw %u]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4639 REGNO (addr
.offset
) - R0_REGNUM
, addr
.shift
);
4642 case ADDRESS_REG_SXTW
:
4643 if (addr
.shift
== 0)
4644 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, w%d, sxtw]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4645 REGNO (addr
.offset
) - R0_REGNUM
);
4647 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, w%d, sxtw %u]", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4648 REGNO (addr
.offset
) - R0_REGNUM
, addr
.shift
);
4651 case ADDRESS_REG_WB
:
4652 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
4655 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, %d]!", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4656 GET_MODE_SIZE (aarch64_memory_reference_mode
));
4659 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s], %d", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4660 GET_MODE_SIZE (aarch64_memory_reference_mode
));
4663 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, -%d]!", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4664 GET_MODE_SIZE (aarch64_memory_reference_mode
));
4667 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s], -%d", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4668 GET_MODE_SIZE (aarch64_memory_reference_mode
));
4671 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, %wd]!", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4672 INTVAL (addr
.offset
));
4675 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s], %wd", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)],
4676 INTVAL (addr
.offset
));
4683 case ADDRESS_LO_SUM
:
4684 asm_fprintf (f
, "[%s, #:lo12:", reg_names
[REGNO (addr
.base
)]);
4685 output_addr_const (f
, addr
.offset
);
4686 asm_fprintf (f
, "]");
4689 case ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC
:
4693 output_addr_const (f
, x
);
4697 aarch64_label_mentioned_p (rtx x
)
4702 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LABEL_REF
)
4705 /* UNSPEC_TLS entries for a symbol include a LABEL_REF for the
4706 referencing instruction, but they are constant offsets, not
4708 if (GET_CODE (x
) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (x
, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS
)
4711 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x
));
4712 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x
)) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4718 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
4719 if (aarch64_label_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
)))
4722 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'e' && aarch64_label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x
, i
)))
4729 /* Implement REGNO_REG_CLASS. */
4732 aarch64_regno_regclass (unsigned regno
)
4734 if (GP_REGNUM_P (regno
))
4735 return GENERAL_REGS
;
4737 if (regno
== SP_REGNUM
)
4740 if (regno
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
4741 || regno
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4742 return POINTER_REGS
;
4744 if (FP_REGNUM_P (regno
))
4745 return FP_LO_REGNUM_P (regno
) ? FP_LO_REGS
: FP_REGS
;
4751 aarch64_legitimize_address (rtx x
, rtx
/* orig_x */, machine_mode mode
)
4753 /* Try to split X+CONST into Y=X+(CONST & ~mask), Y+(CONST&mask),
4754 where mask is selected by alignment and size of the offset.
4755 We try to pick as large a range for the offset as possible to
4756 maximize the chance of a CSE. However, for aligned addresses
4757 we limit the range to 4k so that structures with different sized
4758 elements are likely to use the same base. */
4760 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
4762 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
4763 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
4765 /* Does it look like we'll need a load/store-pair operation? */
4766 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > 16
4768 base_offset
= ((offset
+ 64 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
))
4769 & ~((128 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)) - 1));
4770 /* For offsets aren't a multiple of the access size, the limit is
4772 else if (offset
& (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) - 1))
4773 base_offset
= (offset
+ 0x100) & ~0x1ff;
4775 base_offset
= offset
& ~0xfff;
4777 if (base_offset
== 0)
4780 offset
-= base_offset
;
4781 rtx base_reg
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
4782 rtx val
= force_operand (plus_constant (Pmode
, XEXP (x
, 0), base_offset
),
4784 emit_move_insn (base_reg
, val
);
4785 x
= plus_constant (Pmode
, base_reg
, offset
);
4791 /* Try a machine-dependent way of reloading an illegitimate address
4792 operand. If we find one, push the reload and return the new rtx. */
4795 aarch64_legitimize_reload_address (rtx
*x_p
,
4797 int opnum
, int type
,
4798 int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4802 /* Do not allow mem (plus (reg, const)) if vector struct mode. */
4803 if (aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
)
4804 && GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
4805 && REG_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
4806 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
4810 push_reload (orig_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, x_p
, NULL
,
4811 BASE_REG_CLASS
, GET_MODE (x
), VOIDmode
, 0, 0,
4812 opnum
, (enum reload_type
) type
);
4816 /* We must recognize output that we have already generated ourselves. */
4817 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
4818 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
4819 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0))
4820 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1))
4821 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
4823 push_reload (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, &XEXP (x
, 0), NULL
,
4824 BASE_REG_CLASS
, GET_MODE (x
), VOIDmode
, 0, 0,
4825 opnum
, (enum reload_type
) type
);
4829 /* We wish to handle large displacements off a base register by splitting
4830 the addend across an add and the mem insn. This can cut the number of
4831 extra insns needed from 3 to 1. It is only useful for load/store of a
4832 single register with 12 bit offset field. */
4833 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
4834 && REG_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
4835 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x
, 1))
4836 && HARD_REGISTER_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
4839 && aarch64_regno_ok_for_base_p (REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)), true))
4841 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
4842 HOST_WIDE_INT low
= val
& 0xfff;
4843 HOST_WIDE_INT high
= val
- low
;
4846 machine_mode xmode
= GET_MODE (x
);
4848 /* In ILP32, xmode can be either DImode or SImode. */
4849 gcc_assert (xmode
== DImode
|| xmode
== SImode
);
4851 /* Reload non-zero BLKmode offsets. This is because we cannot ascertain
4852 BLKmode alignment. */
4853 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 0)
4856 offs
= low
% GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
4858 /* Align misaligned offset by adjusting high part to compensate. */
4861 if (aarch64_uimm12_shift (high
+ offs
))
4870 offs
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) - offs
;
4872 high
= high
+ (low
& 0x1000) - offs
;
4877 /* Check for overflow. */
4878 if (high
+ low
!= val
)
4881 cst
= GEN_INT (high
);
4882 if (!aarch64_uimm12_shift (high
))
4883 cst
= force_const_mem (xmode
, cst
);
4885 /* Reload high part into base reg, leaving the low part
4886 in the mem instruction.
4887 Note that replacing this gen_rtx_PLUS with plus_constant is
4888 wrong in this case because we rely on the
4889 (plus (plus reg c1) c2) structure being preserved so that
4890 XEXP (*p, 0) in push_reload below uses the correct term. */
4891 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (xmode
,
4892 gen_rtx_PLUS (xmode
, XEXP (x
, 0), cst
),
4895 push_reload (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, &XEXP (x
, 0), NULL
,
4896 BASE_REG_CLASS
, xmode
, VOIDmode
, 0, 0,
4897 opnum
, (enum reload_type
) type
);
4906 aarch64_secondary_reload (bool in_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, rtx x
,
4909 secondary_reload_info
*sri
)
4911 /* Without the TARGET_SIMD instructions we cannot move a Q register
4912 to a Q register directly. We need a scratch. */
4913 if (REG_P (x
) && (mode
== TFmode
|| mode
== TImode
) && mode
== GET_MODE (x
)
4914 && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (x
)) && !TARGET_SIMD
4915 && reg_class_subset_p (rclass
, FP_REGS
))
4918 sri
->icode
= CODE_FOR_aarch64_reload_movtf
;
4919 else if (mode
== TImode
)
4920 sri
->icode
= CODE_FOR_aarch64_reload_movti
;
4924 /* A TFmode or TImode memory access should be handled via an FP_REGS
4925 because AArch64 has richer addressing modes for LDR/STR instructions
4926 than LDP/STP instructions. */
4927 if (TARGET_FLOAT
&& rclass
== GENERAL_REGS
4928 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 16 && MEM_P (x
))
4931 if (rclass
== FP_REGS
&& (mode
== TImode
|| mode
== TFmode
) && CONSTANT_P(x
))
4932 return GENERAL_REGS
;
4938 aarch64_can_eliminate (const int from
, const int to
)
4940 /* If we need a frame pointer, we must eliminate FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM into
4941 HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM and not into STACK_POINTER_REGNUM. */
4943 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
4945 if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4947 if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4949 if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
4950 && !cfun
->calls_alloca
)
4952 if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4959 /* If we decided that we didn't need a leaf frame pointer but then used
4960 LR in the function, then we'll want a frame pointer after all, so
4961 prevent this elimination to ensure a frame pointer is used. */
4962 if (to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
4963 && flag_omit_leaf_frame_pointer
4964 && df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM
))
4972 aarch64_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned from
, unsigned to
)
4974 aarch64_layout_frame ();
4976 if (to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4978 if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4979 return cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
- crtl
->outgoing_args_size
;
4981 if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4982 return (cfun
->machine
->frame
.hard_fp_offset
4983 - cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_varargs_size
);
4986 if (to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4988 if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
4989 return (cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
4990 - cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_varargs_size
);
4993 return cfun
->machine
->frame
.frame_size
;
4996 /* Implement RETURN_ADDR_RTX. We do not support moving back to a
5000 aarch64_return_addr (int count
, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5004 return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode
, LR_REGNUM
);
5009 aarch64_asm_trampoline_template (FILE *f
)
5013 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tldr\tw%d, .+16\n", IP1_REGNUM
- R0_REGNUM
);
5014 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tldr\tw%d, .+16\n", STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
- R0_REGNUM
);
5018 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tldr\t%s, .+16\n", reg_names
[IP1_REGNUM
]);
5019 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tldr\t%s, .+20\n", reg_names
[STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
]);
5021 asm_fprintf (f
, "\tbr\t%s\n", reg_names
[IP1_REGNUM
]);
5022 assemble_aligned_integer (4, const0_rtx
);
5023 assemble_aligned_integer (POINTER_BYTES
, const0_rtx
);
5024 assemble_aligned_integer (POINTER_BYTES
, const0_rtx
);
5028 aarch64_trampoline_init (rtx m_tramp
, tree fndecl
, rtx chain_value
)
5030 rtx fnaddr
, mem
, a_tramp
;
5031 const int tramp_code_sz
= 16;
5033 /* Don't need to copy the trailing D-words, we fill those in below. */
5034 emit_block_move (m_tramp
, assemble_trampoline_template (),
5035 GEN_INT (tramp_code_sz
), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL
);
5036 mem
= adjust_address (m_tramp
, ptr_mode
, tramp_code_sz
);
5037 fnaddr
= XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl
), 0);
5038 if (GET_MODE (fnaddr
) != ptr_mode
)
5039 fnaddr
= convert_memory_address (ptr_mode
, fnaddr
);
5040 emit_move_insn (mem
, fnaddr
);
5042 mem
= adjust_address (m_tramp
, ptr_mode
, tramp_code_sz
+ POINTER_BYTES
);
5043 emit_move_insn (mem
, chain_value
);
5045 /* XXX We should really define a "clear_cache" pattern and use
5046 gen_clear_cache(). */
5047 a_tramp
= XEXP (m_tramp
, 0);
5048 emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, "__clear_cache"),
5049 LCT_NORMAL
, VOIDmode
, 2, a_tramp
, ptr_mode
,
5050 plus_constant (ptr_mode
, a_tramp
, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
),
5054 static unsigned char
5055 aarch64_class_max_nregs (reg_class_t regclass
, machine_mode mode
)
5059 case CALLER_SAVE_REGS
:
5066 aarch64_vector_mode_p (mode
)
5067 ? (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) + UNITS_PER_VREG
- 1) / UNITS_PER_VREG
5068 : (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) + UNITS_PER_WORD
- 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD
;
5082 aarch64_preferred_reload_class (rtx x
, reg_class_t regclass
)
5084 if (regclass
== POINTER_REGS
)
5085 return GENERAL_REGS
;
5087 if (regclass
== STACK_REG
)
5090 && reg_class_subset_p (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (x
)), POINTER_REGS
))
5096 /* If it's an integer immediate that MOVI can't handle, then
5097 FP_REGS is not an option, so we return NO_REGS instead. */
5098 if (CONST_INT_P (x
) && reg_class_subset_p (regclass
, FP_REGS
)
5099 && !aarch64_simd_imm_scalar_p (x
, GET_MODE (x
)))
5102 /* Register eliminiation can result in a request for
5103 SP+constant->FP_REGS. We cannot support such operations which
5104 use SP as source and an FP_REG as destination, so reject out
5106 if (! reg_class_subset_p (regclass
, GENERAL_REGS
) && GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
)
5108 rtx lhs
= XEXP (x
, 0);
5110 /* Look through a possible SUBREG introduced by ILP32. */
5111 if (GET_CODE (lhs
) == SUBREG
)
5112 lhs
= SUBREG_REG (lhs
);
5114 gcc_assert (REG_P (lhs
));
5115 gcc_assert (reg_class_subset_p (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (lhs
)),
5124 aarch64_asm_output_labelref (FILE* f
, const char *name
)
5126 asm_fprintf (f
, "%U%s", name
);
5130 aarch64_elf_asm_constructor (rtx symbol
, int priority
)
5132 if (priority
== DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY
)
5133 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (symbol
, priority
);
5138 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), ".init_array.%.5u", priority
);
5139 s
= get_section (buf
, SECTION_WRITE
, NULL
);
5140 switch_to_section (s
);
5141 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE
);
5142 assemble_aligned_integer (POINTER_BYTES
, symbol
);
5147 aarch64_elf_asm_destructor (rtx symbol
, int priority
)
5149 if (priority
== DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY
)
5150 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (symbol
, priority
);
5155 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), ".fini_array.%.5u", priority
);
5156 s
= get_section (buf
, SECTION_WRITE
, NULL
);
5157 switch_to_section (s
);
5158 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE
);
5159 assemble_aligned_integer (POINTER_BYTES
, symbol
);
5164 aarch64_output_casesi (rtx
*operands
)
5168 rtx diff_vec
= PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (operands
[2])));
5170 static const char *const patterns
[4][2] =
5173 "ldrb\t%w3, [%0,%w1,uxtw]",
5174 "add\t%3, %4, %w3, sxtb #2"
5177 "ldrh\t%w3, [%0,%w1,uxtw #1]",
5178 "add\t%3, %4, %w3, sxth #2"
5181 "ldr\t%w3, [%0,%w1,uxtw #2]",
5182 "add\t%3, %4, %w3, sxtw #2"
5184 /* We assume that DImode is only generated when not optimizing and
5185 that we don't really need 64-bit address offsets. That would
5186 imply an object file with 8GB of code in a single function! */
5188 "ldr\t%w3, [%0,%w1,uxtw #2]",
5189 "add\t%3, %4, %w3, sxtw #2"
5193 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (diff_vec
) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
);
5195 index
= exact_log2 (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (diff_vec
)));
5197 gcc_assert (index
>= 0 && index
<= 3);
5199 /* Need to implement table size reduction, by chaning the code below. */
5200 output_asm_insn (patterns
[index
][0], operands
);
5201 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "Lrtx", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (operands
[2]));
5202 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
),
5203 "adr\t%%4, %s", targetm
.strip_name_encoding (label
));
5204 output_asm_insn (buf
, operands
);
5205 output_asm_insn (patterns
[index
][1], operands
);
5206 output_asm_insn ("br\t%3", operands
);
5207 assemble_label (asm_out_file
, label
);
5212 /* Return size in bits of an arithmetic operand which is shifted/scaled and
5213 masked such that it is suitable for a UXTB, UXTH, or UXTW extend
5217 aarch64_uxt_size (int shift
, HOST_WIDE_INT mask
)
5219 if (shift
>= 0 && shift
<= 3)
5222 for (size
= 8; size
<= 32; size
*= 2)
5224 HOST_WIDE_INT bits
= ((HOST_WIDE_INT
)1U << size
) - 1;
5225 if (mask
== bits
<< shift
)
5233 aarch64_use_blocks_for_constant_p (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5234 const_rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5236 /* We can't use blocks for constants when we're using a per-function
5242 aarch64_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5243 rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5244 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5246 /* Force all constant pool entries into the current function section. */
5247 return function_section (current_function_decl
);
5253 /* Helper function for rtx cost calculation. Strip a shift expression
5254 from X. Returns the inner operand if successful, or the original
5255 expression on failure. */
5257 aarch64_strip_shift (rtx x
)
5261 /* We accept both ROTATERT and ROTATE: since the RHS must be a constant
5262 we can convert both to ROR during final output. */
5263 if ((GET_CODE (op
) == ASHIFT
5264 || GET_CODE (op
) == ASHIFTRT
5265 || GET_CODE (op
) == LSHIFTRT
5266 || GET_CODE (op
) == ROTATERT
5267 || GET_CODE (op
) == ROTATE
)
5268 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op
, 1)))
5269 return XEXP (op
, 0);
5271 if (GET_CODE (op
) == MULT
5272 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op
, 1))
5273 && ((unsigned) exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (op
, 1)))) < 64)
5274 return XEXP (op
, 0);
5279 /* Helper function for rtx cost calculation. Strip an extend
5280 expression from X. Returns the inner operand if successful, or the
5281 original expression on failure. We deal with a number of possible
5282 canonicalization variations here. */
5284 aarch64_strip_extend (rtx x
)
5288 /* Zero and sign extraction of a widened value. */
5289 if ((GET_CODE (op
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
|| GET_CODE (op
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
5290 && XEXP (op
, 2) == const0_rtx
5291 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == MULT
5292 && aarch64_is_extend_from_extract (GET_MODE (op
), XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 1),
5294 return XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 0);
5296 /* It can also be represented (for zero-extend) as an AND with an
5298 if (GET_CODE (op
) == AND
5299 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == MULT
5300 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 1))
5301 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op
, 1))
5302 && aarch64_uxt_size (exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 1))),
5303 INTVAL (XEXP (op
, 1))) != 0)
5304 return XEXP (XEXP (op
, 0), 0);
5306 /* Now handle extended register, as this may also have an optional
5307 left shift by 1..4. */
5308 if (GET_CODE (op
) == ASHIFT
5309 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op
, 1))
5310 && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (op
, 1))) <= 4)
5313 if (GET_CODE (op
) == ZERO_EXTEND
5314 || GET_CODE (op
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
5323 /* Return true iff CODE is a shift supported in combination
5324 with arithmetic instructions. */
5327 aarch64_shift_p (enum rtx_code code
)
5329 return code
== ASHIFT
|| code
== ASHIFTRT
|| code
== LSHIFTRT
;
5332 /* Helper function for rtx cost calculation. Calculate the cost of
5333 a MULT or ASHIFT, which may be part of a compound PLUS/MINUS rtx.
5334 Return the calculated cost of the expression, recursing manually in to
5335 operands where needed. */
5338 aarch64_rtx_mult_cost (rtx x
, int code
, int outer
, bool speed
)
5341 const struct cpu_cost_table
*extra_cost
5342 = aarch64_tune_params
.insn_extra_cost
;
5344 bool compound_p
= (outer
== PLUS
|| outer
== MINUS
);
5345 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
5347 gcc_checking_assert (code
== MULT
);
5352 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
5353 mode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
5355 /* Integer multiply/fma. */
5356 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
5358 /* The multiply will be canonicalized as a shift, cost it as such. */
5359 if (aarch64_shift_p (GET_CODE (x
))
5360 || (CONST_INT_P (op1
)
5361 && exact_log2 (INTVAL (op1
)) > 0))
5363 bool is_extend
= GET_CODE (op0
) == ZERO_EXTEND
5364 || GET_CODE (op0
) == SIGN_EXTEND
;
5370 /* ARITH + shift-by-register. */
5371 cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith_shift_reg
;
5373 /* ARITH + extended register. We don't have a cost field
5374 for ARITH+EXTEND+SHIFT, so use extend_arith here. */
5375 cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.extend_arith
;
5377 /* ARITH + shift-by-immediate. */
5378 cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith_shift
;
5381 /* LSL (immediate). */
5382 cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.shift
;
5385 /* Strip extends as we will have costed them in the case above. */
5387 op0
= aarch64_strip_extend (op0
);
5389 cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, GET_CODE (op0
), 0, speed
);
5394 /* MNEG or [US]MNEGL. Extract the NEG operand and indicate that it's a
5395 compound and let the below cases handle it. After all, MNEG is a
5396 special-case alias of MSUB. */
5397 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == NEG
)
5399 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
5403 /* Integer multiplies or FMAs have zero/sign extending variants. */
5404 if ((GET_CODE (op0
) == ZERO_EXTEND
5405 && GET_CODE (op1
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
5406 || (GET_CODE (op0
) == SIGN_EXTEND
5407 && GET_CODE (op1
) == SIGN_EXTEND
))
5409 cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (op0
, 0), MULT
, 0, speed
)
5410 + rtx_cost (XEXP (op1
, 0), MULT
, 1, speed
);
5415 /* SMADDL/UMADDL/UMSUBL/SMSUBL. */
5416 cost
+= extra_cost
->mult
[0].extend_add
;
5418 /* MUL/SMULL/UMULL. */
5419 cost
+= extra_cost
->mult
[0].extend
;
5425 /* This is either an integer multiply or a MADD. In both cases
5426 we want to recurse and cost the operands. */
5427 cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, MULT
, 0, speed
)
5428 + rtx_cost (op1
, MULT
, 1, speed
);
5434 cost
+= extra_cost
->mult
[mode
== DImode
].add
;
5437 cost
+= extra_cost
->mult
[mode
== DImode
].simple
;
5446 /* Floating-point FMA/FMUL can also support negations of the
5448 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == NEG
)
5449 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
5450 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == NEG
)
5451 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
5454 /* FMADD/FNMADD/FNMSUB/FMSUB. */
5455 cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].fma
;
5458 cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].mult
;
5461 cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, MULT
, 0, speed
)
5462 + rtx_cost (op1
, MULT
, 1, speed
);
5468 aarch64_address_cost (rtx x
,
5470 addr_space_t as ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5473 enum rtx_code c
= GET_CODE (x
);
5474 const struct cpu_addrcost_table
*addr_cost
= aarch64_tune_params
.addr_cost
;
5475 struct aarch64_address_info info
;
5479 if (!aarch64_classify_address (&info
, x
, mode
, c
, false))
5481 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
|| GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
5483 /* This is a CONST or SYMBOL ref which will be split
5484 in a different way depending on the code model in use.
5485 Cost it through the generic infrastructure. */
5486 int cost_symbol_ref
= rtx_cost (x
, MEM
, 1, speed
);
5487 /* Divide through by the cost of one instruction to
5488 bring it to the same units as the address costs. */
5489 cost_symbol_ref
/= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
5490 /* The cost is then the cost of preparing the address,
5491 followed by an immediate (possibly 0) offset. */
5492 return cost_symbol_ref
+ addr_cost
->imm_offset
;
5496 /* This is most likely a jump table from a case
5498 return addr_cost
->register_offset
;
5504 case ADDRESS_LO_SUM
:
5505 case ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC
:
5506 case ADDRESS_REG_IMM
:
5507 cost
+= addr_cost
->imm_offset
;
5510 case ADDRESS_REG_WB
:
5511 if (c
== PRE_INC
|| c
== PRE_DEC
|| c
== PRE_MODIFY
)
5512 cost
+= addr_cost
->pre_modify
;
5513 else if (c
== POST_INC
|| c
== POST_DEC
|| c
== POST_MODIFY
)
5514 cost
+= addr_cost
->post_modify
;
5520 case ADDRESS_REG_REG
:
5521 cost
+= addr_cost
->register_offset
;
5524 case ADDRESS_REG_UXTW
:
5525 case ADDRESS_REG_SXTW
:
5526 cost
+= addr_cost
->register_extend
;
5536 /* For the sake of calculating the cost of the shifted register
5537 component, we can treat same sized modes in the same way. */
5538 switch (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
5541 cost
+= addr_cost
->addr_scale_costs
.hi
;
5545 cost
+= addr_cost
->addr_scale_costs
.si
;
5549 cost
+= addr_cost
->addr_scale_costs
.di
;
5552 /* We can't tell, or this is a 128-bit vector. */
5554 cost
+= addr_cost
->addr_scale_costs
.ti
;
5562 /* Return the cost of a branch. If SPEED_P is true then the compiler is
5563 optimizing for speed. If PREDICTABLE_P is true then the branch is predicted
5567 aarch64_branch_cost (bool speed_p
, bool predictable_p
)
5569 /* When optimizing for speed, use the cost of unpredictable branches. */
5570 const struct cpu_branch_cost
*branch_costs
=
5571 aarch64_tune_params
.branch_costs
;
5573 if (!speed_p
|| predictable_p
)
5574 return branch_costs
->predictable
;
5576 return branch_costs
->unpredictable
;
5579 /* Return true if the RTX X in mode MODE is a zero or sign extract
5580 usable in an ADD or SUB (extended register) instruction. */
5582 aarch64_rtx_arith_op_extract_p (rtx x
, machine_mode mode
)
5584 /* Catch add with a sign extract.
5585 This is add_<optab><mode>_multp2. */
5586 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
5587 || GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
)
5589 rtx op0
= XEXP (x
, 0);
5590 rtx op1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
5591 rtx op2
= XEXP (x
, 2);
5593 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == MULT
5594 && CONST_INT_P (op1
)
5595 && op2
== const0_rtx
5596 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0
, 1))
5597 && aarch64_is_extend_from_extract (mode
,
5609 aarch64_frint_unspec_p (unsigned int u
)
5627 /* Return true iff X is an rtx that will match an extr instruction
5628 i.e. as described in the *extr<mode>5_insn family of patterns.
5629 OP0 and OP1 will be set to the operands of the shifts involved
5630 on success and will be NULL_RTX otherwise. */
5633 aarch64_extr_rtx_p (rtx x
, rtx
*res_op0
, rtx
*res_op1
)
5636 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
5638 *res_op0
= NULL_RTX
;
5639 *res_op1
= NULL_RTX
;
5641 if (GET_CODE (x
) != IOR
)
5647 if ((GET_CODE (op0
) == ASHIFT
&& GET_CODE (op1
) == LSHIFTRT
)
5648 || (GET_CODE (op1
) == ASHIFT
&& GET_CODE (op0
) == LSHIFTRT
))
5650 /* Canonicalise locally to ashift in op0, lshiftrt in op1. */
5651 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == ASHIFT
)
5652 std::swap (op0
, op1
);
5654 if (!CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0
, 1)) || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op1
, 1)))
5657 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shft_amnt_0
= UINTVAL (XEXP (op0
, 1));
5658 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT shft_amnt_1
= UINTVAL (XEXP (op1
, 1));
5660 if (shft_amnt_0
< GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
)
5661 && shft_amnt_0
+ shft_amnt_1
== GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
5663 *res_op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
5664 *res_op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
5672 /* Calculate the cost of calculating (if_then_else (OP0) (OP1) (OP2)),
5673 storing it in *COST. Result is true if the total cost of the operation
5674 has now been calculated. */
5676 aarch64_if_then_else_costs (rtx op0
, rtx op1
, rtx op2
, int *cost
, bool speed
)
5680 enum rtx_code cmpcode
;
5682 if (COMPARISON_P (op0
))
5684 inner
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
5685 comparator
= XEXP (op0
, 1);
5686 cmpcode
= GET_CODE (op0
);
5691 comparator
= const0_rtx
;
5695 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == PC
|| GET_CODE (op2
) == PC
)
5697 /* Conditional branch. */
5698 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (inner
)) == MODE_CC
)
5702 if (cmpcode
== NE
|| cmpcode
== EQ
)
5704 if (comparator
== const0_rtx
)
5706 /* TBZ/TBNZ/CBZ/CBNZ. */
5707 if (GET_CODE (inner
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
)
5709 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (inner
, 0), ZERO_EXTRACT
,
5713 *cost
+= rtx_cost (inner
, cmpcode
, 0, speed
);
5718 else if (cmpcode
== LT
|| cmpcode
== GE
)
5721 if (comparator
== const0_rtx
)
5726 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (inner
)) == MODE_CC
)
5728 /* It's a conditional operation based on the status flags,
5729 so it must be some flavor of CSEL. */
5731 /* CSNEG, CSINV, and CSINC are handled for free as part of CSEL. */
5732 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == NEG
5733 || GET_CODE (op1
) == NOT
5734 || (GET_CODE (op1
) == PLUS
&& XEXP (op1
, 1) == const1_rtx
))
5735 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
5737 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op1
, IF_THEN_ELSE
, 1, speed
);
5738 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op2
, IF_THEN_ELSE
, 2, speed
);
5742 /* We don't know what this is, cost all operands. */
5746 /* Calculate the cost of calculating X, storing it in *COST. Result
5747 is true if the total cost of the operation has now been calculated. */
5749 aarch64_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5750 int param ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, int *cost
, bool speed
)
5753 const struct cpu_cost_table
*extra_cost
5754 = aarch64_tune_params
.insn_extra_cost
;
5755 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
5757 /* By default, assume that everything has equivalent cost to the
5758 cheapest instruction. Any additional costs are applied as a delta
5759 above this default. */
5760 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
5765 /* The cost depends entirely on the operands to SET. */
5770 switch (GET_CODE (op0
))
5775 rtx address
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
5776 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
5777 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.storev
;
5778 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
5779 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.store
;
5780 else if (mode
== SFmode
)
5781 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.storef
;
5782 else if (mode
== DFmode
)
5783 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.stored
;
5786 COSTS_N_INSNS (aarch64_address_cost (address
, mode
,
5790 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op1
, SET
, 1, speed
);
5794 if (! REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op0
)))
5795 *cost
+= rtx_cost (SUBREG_REG (op0
), SET
, 0, speed
);
5799 /* The cost is one per vector-register copied. */
5800 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0
)) && REG_P (op1
))
5802 int n_minus_1
= (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0
)) - 1)
5803 / GET_MODE_SIZE (V4SImode
);
5804 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (n_minus_1
+ 1);
5806 /* const0_rtx is in general free, but we will use an
5807 instruction to set a register to 0. */
5808 else if (REG_P (op1
) || op1
== const0_rtx
)
5810 /* The cost is 1 per register copied. */
5811 int n_minus_1
= (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0
)) - 1)
5813 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (n_minus_1
+ 1);
5816 /* Cost is just the cost of the RHS of the set. */
5817 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op1
, SET
, 1, speed
);
5822 /* Bit-field insertion. Strip any redundant widening of
5823 the RHS to meet the width of the target. */
5824 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == SUBREG
)
5825 op1
= SUBREG_REG (op1
);
5826 if ((GET_CODE (op1
) == ZERO_EXTEND
5827 || GET_CODE (op1
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
5828 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0
, 1))
5829 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op1
, 0)))
5830 >= INTVAL (XEXP (op0
, 1))))
5831 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
5833 if (CONST_INT_P (op1
))
5835 /* MOV immediate is assumed to always be cheap. */
5836 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
5842 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.bfi
;
5843 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op1
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 1, speed
);
5849 /* We can't make sense of this, assume default cost. */
5850 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
5856 /* If an instruction can incorporate a constant within the
5857 instruction, the instruction's expression avoids calling
5858 rtx_cost() on the constant. If rtx_cost() is called on a
5859 constant, then it is usually because the constant must be
5860 moved into a register by one or more instructions.
5862 The exception is constant 0, which can be expressed
5863 as XZR/WZR and is therefore free. The exception to this is
5864 if we have (set (reg) (const0_rtx)) in which case we must cost
5865 the move. However, we can catch that when we cost the SET, so
5866 we don't need to consider that here. */
5867 if (x
== const0_rtx
)
5871 /* To an approximation, building any other constant is
5872 proportionally expensive to the number of instructions
5873 required to build that constant. This is true whether we
5874 are compiling for SPEED or otherwise. */
5875 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (aarch64_internal_mov_immediate
5876 (NULL_RTX
, x
, false, mode
));
5883 /* mov[df,sf]_aarch64. */
5884 if (aarch64_float_const_representable_p (x
))
5885 /* FMOV (scalar immediate). */
5886 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].fpconst
;
5887 else if (!aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (x
))
5889 /* This will be a load from memory. */
5891 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.loadd
;
5893 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.loadf
;
5896 /* Otherwise this is +0.0. We get this using MOVI d0, #0
5897 or MOV v0.s[0], wzr - neither of which are modeled by the
5898 cost tables. Just use the default cost. */
5908 /* For loads we want the base cost of a load, plus an
5909 approximation for the additional cost of the addressing
5911 rtx address
= XEXP (x
, 0);
5912 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
5913 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.loadv
;
5914 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
5915 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.load
;
5916 else if (mode
== SFmode
)
5917 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.loadf
;
5918 else if (mode
== DFmode
)
5919 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.loadd
;
5922 COSTS_N_INSNS (aarch64_address_cost (address
, mode
,
5931 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
5936 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
5941 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_INT
)
5943 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op0
)) == RTX_COMPARE
5944 || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op0
)) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE
)
5947 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (op0
, 0), NEG
, 0, speed
);
5951 /* Cost this as SUB wzr, X. */
5952 op0
= CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x
));
5957 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_FLOAT
)
5959 /* Support (neg(fma...)) as a single instruction only if
5960 sign of zeros is unimportant. This matches the decision
5961 making in aarch64.md. */
5962 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == FMA
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (GET_MODE (op0
)))
5965 *cost
= rtx_cost (op0
, NEG
, 0, speed
);
5970 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].neg
;
5980 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
5981 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
5983 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.clz
;
5992 if (op1
== const0_rtx
5993 && GET_CODE (op0
) == AND
)
5999 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0
)) == MODE_INT
)
6001 /* TODO: A write to the CC flags possibly costs extra, this
6002 needs encoding in the cost tables. */
6004 /* CC_ZESWPmode supports zero extend for free. */
6005 if (GET_MODE (x
) == CC_ZESWPmode
&& GET_CODE (op0
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
6006 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
6009 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == AND
)
6015 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == PLUS
)
6017 /* ADDS (and CMN alias). */
6022 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == MINUS
)
6029 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == NEG
)
6033 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6035 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, COMPARE
, 0, speed
);
6036 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (op1
, 0), NEG
, 1, speed
);
6042 Compare can freely swap the order of operands, and
6043 canonicalization puts the more complex operation first.
6044 But the integer MINUS logic expects the shift/extend
6045 operation in op1. */
6047 || (GET_CODE (op0
) == SUBREG
&& REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op0
)))))
6055 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0
)) == MODE_FLOAT
)
6059 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].compare
;
6061 if (CONST_DOUBLE_P (op1
) && aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (op1
))
6063 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, COMPARE
, 0, speed
);
6064 /* FCMP supports constant 0.0 for no extra cost. */
6070 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6072 /* Vector compare. */
6074 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6076 if (aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (op1
))
6078 /* Vector cm (eq|ge|gt|lt|le) supports constant 0.0 for no extra
6092 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, MINUS
, 0, speed
);
6094 /* Detect valid immediates. */
6095 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
6096 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_CC
6097 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0
)) == MODE_INT
))
6098 && CONST_INT_P (op1
)
6099 && aarch64_uimm12_shift (INTVAL (op1
)))
6102 /* SUB(S) (immediate). */
6103 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6107 /* Look for SUB (extended register). */
6108 if (aarch64_rtx_arith_op_extract_p (op1
, mode
))
6111 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.extend_arith
;
6113 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (op1
, 0), 0),
6114 (enum rtx_code
) GET_CODE (op1
),
6119 rtx new_op1
= aarch64_strip_extend (op1
);
6121 /* Cost this as an FMA-alike operation. */
6122 if ((GET_CODE (new_op1
) == MULT
6123 || aarch64_shift_p (GET_CODE (new_op1
)))
6126 *cost
+= aarch64_rtx_mult_cost (new_op1
, MULT
,
6127 (enum rtx_code
) code
,
6132 *cost
+= rtx_cost (new_op1
, MINUS
, 1, speed
);
6136 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6139 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6141 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
6144 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6146 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
6149 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].addsub
;
6163 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op0
)) == RTX_COMPARE
6164 || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op0
)) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE
)
6167 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (op0
, 0), PLUS
, 0, speed
);
6168 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op1
, PLUS
, 1, speed
);
6172 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
6173 && CONST_INT_P (op1
)
6174 && aarch64_uimm12_shift (INTVAL (op1
)))
6176 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, PLUS
, 0, speed
);
6179 /* ADD (immediate). */
6180 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6184 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op1
, PLUS
, 1, speed
);
6186 /* Look for ADD (extended register). */
6187 if (aarch64_rtx_arith_op_extract_p (op0
, mode
))
6190 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.extend_arith
;
6192 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (op0
, 0), 0),
6193 (enum rtx_code
) GET_CODE (op0
),
6198 /* Strip any extend, leave shifts behind as we will
6199 cost them through mult_cost. */
6200 new_op0
= aarch64_strip_extend (op0
);
6202 if (GET_CODE (new_op0
) == MULT
6203 || aarch64_shift_p (GET_CODE (new_op0
)))
6205 *cost
+= aarch64_rtx_mult_cost (new_op0
, MULT
, PLUS
,
6210 *cost
+= rtx_cost (new_op0
, PLUS
, 0, speed
);
6214 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6217 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6219 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
6222 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6224 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
6227 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].addsub
;
6234 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
6238 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6239 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6241 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.rev
;
6246 if (aarch_rev16_p (x
))
6248 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
6252 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6253 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6255 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.rev
;
6260 if (aarch64_extr_rtx_p (x
, &op0
, &op1
))
6262 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, IOR
, 0, speed
)
6263 + rtx_cost (op1
, IOR
, 1, speed
);
6265 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.shift
;
6276 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6279 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6284 && GET_CODE (op0
) == MULT
6285 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0
, 1))
6286 && CONST_INT_P (op1
)
6287 && aarch64_uxt_size (exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (op0
, 1))),
6290 /* This is a UBFM/SBFM. */
6291 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (op0
, 0), ZERO_EXTRACT
, 0, speed
);
6293 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.bfx
;
6297 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_INT
)
6299 /* We possibly get the immediate for free, this is not
6301 if (CONST_INT_P (op1
)
6302 && aarch64_bitmask_imm (INTVAL (op1
), GET_MODE (x
)))
6304 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 0, speed
);
6307 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.logical
;
6315 /* Handle ORN, EON, or BIC. */
6316 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == NOT
)
6317 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
6319 new_op0
= aarch64_strip_shift (op0
);
6321 /* If we had a shift on op0 then this is a logical-shift-
6322 by-register/immediate operation. Otherwise, this is just
6323 a logical operation. */
6328 /* Shift by immediate. */
6329 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0
, 1)))
6330 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.log_shift
;
6332 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.log_shift_reg
;
6335 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.logical
;
6338 /* In both cases we want to cost both operands. */
6339 *cost
+= rtx_cost (new_op0
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 0, speed
)
6340 + rtx_cost (op1
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 1, speed
);
6349 op0
= aarch64_strip_shift (x
);
6351 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6354 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6358 /* MVN-shifted-reg. */
6361 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 0, speed
);
6364 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.log_shift
;
6368 /* EON can have two forms: (xor (not a) b) but also (not (xor a b)).
6369 Handle the second form here taking care that 'a' in the above can
6371 else if (GET_CODE (op0
) == XOR
)
6373 rtx newop0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
6374 rtx newop1
= XEXP (op0
, 1);
6375 rtx op0_stripped
= aarch64_strip_shift (newop0
);
6377 *cost
+= rtx_cost (newop1
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 1, speed
)
6378 + rtx_cost (op0_stripped
, XOR
, 0, speed
);
6382 if (op0_stripped
!= newop0
)
6383 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.log_shift
;
6385 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.logical
;
6392 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.logical
;
6399 /* If a value is written in SI mode, then zero extended to DI
6400 mode, the operation will in general be free as a write to
6401 a 'w' register implicitly zeroes the upper bits of an 'x'
6402 register. However, if this is
6404 (set (reg) (zero_extend (reg)))
6406 we must cost the explicit register move. */
6408 && GET_MODE (op0
) == SImode
6411 int op_cost
= rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 0), ZERO_EXTEND
, 0, speed
);
6413 if (!op_cost
&& speed
)
6415 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.extend
;
6417 /* Free, the cost is that of the SI mode operation. */
6422 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
6424 /* All loads can zero extend to any size for free. */
6425 *cost
= rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 0), ZERO_EXTEND
, param
, speed
);
6431 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6434 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6439 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.extend
;
6445 if (MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
6450 rtx address
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
6451 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.load_sign_extend
;
6454 COSTS_N_INSNS (aarch64_address_cost (address
, mode
,
6462 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6463 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6465 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.extend
;
6473 if (CONST_INT_P (op1
))
6477 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6479 /* Vector shift (immediate). */
6480 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6484 /* LSL (immediate), UBMF, UBFIZ and friends. These are all
6486 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.shift
;
6490 /* We can incorporate zero/sign extend for free. */
6491 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == ZERO_EXTEND
6492 || GET_CODE (op0
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
6493 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
6495 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, ASHIFT
, 0, speed
);
6502 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6504 /* Vector shift (register). */
6505 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6510 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.shift_reg
;
6513 return false; /* All arguments need to be in registers. */
6523 if (CONST_INT_P (op1
))
6525 /* ASR (immediate) and friends. */
6528 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6529 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6531 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.shift
;
6534 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 0, speed
);
6540 /* ASR (register) and friends. */
6543 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6544 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6546 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.shift_reg
;
6548 return false; /* All arguments need to be in registers. */
6553 if (aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_LARGE
6554 || aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_SPIC
)
6558 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.load
;
6560 else if (aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL
6561 || aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_PIC
)
6563 /* ADRP, followed by ADD. */
6564 *cost
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
6566 *cost
+= 2 * extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6568 else if (aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY
6569 || aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY_PIC
)
6573 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6578 /* One extra load instruction, after accessing the GOT. */
6579 *cost
+= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
6581 *cost
+= extra_cost
->ldst
.load
;
6587 /* ADRP/ADD (immediate). */
6589 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6597 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6598 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6600 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.bfx
;
6603 /* We can trust that the immediates used will be correct (there
6604 are no by-register forms), so we need only cost op0. */
6605 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 0), (enum rtx_code
) code
, 0, speed
);
6609 *cost
+= aarch64_rtx_mult_cost (x
, MULT
, 0, speed
);
6610 /* aarch64_rtx_mult_cost always handles recursion to its
6618 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6619 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6620 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_INT
)
6621 *cost
+= (extra_cost
->mult
[GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
].add
6622 + extra_cost
->mult
[GET_MODE (x
) == DImode
].idiv
);
6623 else if (GET_MODE (x
) == DFmode
)
6624 *cost
+= (extra_cost
->fp
[1].mult
6625 + extra_cost
->fp
[1].div
);
6626 else if (GET_MODE (x
) == SFmode
)
6627 *cost
+= (extra_cost
->fp
[0].mult
6628 + extra_cost
->fp
[0].div
);
6630 return false; /* All arguments need to be in registers. */
6637 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6638 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6639 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
6640 /* There is no integer SQRT, so only DIV and UDIV can get
6642 *cost
+= extra_cost
->mult
[mode
== DImode
].idiv
;
6644 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].div
;
6646 return false; /* All arguments need to be in registers. */
6649 return aarch64_if_then_else_costs (XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (x
, 1),
6650 XEXP (x
, 2), cost
, speed
);
6663 return false; /* All arguments must be in registers. */
6672 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6673 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6675 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].fma
;
6678 /* FMSUB, FNMADD, and FNMSUB are free. */
6679 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == NEG
)
6680 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
6682 if (GET_CODE (op2
) == NEG
)
6683 op2
= XEXP (op2
, 0);
6685 /* aarch64_fnma4_elt_to_64v2df has the NEG as operand 1,
6686 and the by-element operand as operand 0. */
6687 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == NEG
)
6688 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
6690 /* Catch vector-by-element operations. The by-element operand can
6691 either be (vec_duplicate (vec_select (x))) or just
6692 (vec_select (x)), depending on whether we are multiplying by
6693 a vector or a scalar.
6695 Canonicalization is not very good in these cases, FMA4 will put the
6696 by-element operand as operand 0, FNMA4 will have it as operand 1. */
6697 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == VEC_DUPLICATE
)
6698 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
6699 else if (GET_CODE (op1
) == VEC_DUPLICATE
)
6700 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
6702 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == VEC_SELECT
)
6703 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
6704 else if (GET_CODE (op1
) == VEC_SELECT
)
6705 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
6707 /* If the remaining parameters are not registers,
6708 get the cost to put them into registers. */
6709 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op0
, FMA
, 0, speed
);
6710 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op1
, FMA
, 1, speed
);
6711 *cost
+= rtx_cost (op2
, FMA
, 2, speed
);
6715 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
6717 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].fromint
;
6723 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6725 /*Vector truncate. */
6726 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6729 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].widen
;
6733 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
6736 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6738 /*Vector conversion. */
6739 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6742 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].narrow
;
6749 /* Strip the rounding part. They will all be implemented
6750 by the fcvt* family of instructions anyway. */
6751 if (GET_CODE (x
) == UNSPEC
)
6753 unsigned int uns_code
= XINT (x
, 1);
6755 if (uns_code
== UNSPEC_FRINTA
6756 || uns_code
== UNSPEC_FRINTM
6757 || uns_code
== UNSPEC_FRINTN
6758 || uns_code
== UNSPEC_FRINTP
6759 || uns_code
== UNSPEC_FRINTZ
)
6760 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
6765 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6766 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6768 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[GET_MODE (x
) == DFmode
].toint
;
6770 *cost
+= rtx_cost (x
, (enum rtx_code
) code
, 0, speed
);
6774 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6778 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6780 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
6784 /* FABD, which is analogous to FADD. */
6785 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == MINUS
)
6787 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (op0
, 0), MINUS
, 0, speed
);
6788 + rtx_cost (XEXP (op0
, 1), MINUS
, 1, speed
);
6790 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].addsub
;
6794 /* Simple FABS is analogous to FNEG. */
6796 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].neg
;
6800 /* Integer ABS will either be split to
6801 two arithmetic instructions, or will be an ABS
6802 (scalar), which we don't model. */
6803 *cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
6805 *cost
+= 2 * extra_cost
->alu
.arith
;
6813 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
6814 *cost
+= extra_cost
->vect
.alu
;
6817 /* FMAXNM/FMINNM/FMAX/FMIN.
6818 TODO: This may not be accurate for all implementations, but
6819 we do not model this in the cost tables. */
6820 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].addsub
;
6826 /* The floating point round to integer frint* instructions. */
6827 if (aarch64_frint_unspec_p (XINT (x
, 1)))
6830 *cost
+= extra_cost
->fp
[mode
== DFmode
].roundint
;
6835 if (XINT (x
, 1) == UNSPEC_RBIT
)
6838 *cost
+= extra_cost
->alu
.rev
;
6846 /* Decompose <su>muldi3_highpart. */
6847 if (/* (truncate:DI */
6850 && GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == TImode
6851 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == LSHIFTRT
6853 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == MULT
6854 /* (ANY_EXTEND:TI (reg:DI))
6855 (ANY_EXTEND:TI (reg:DI))) */
6856 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
6857 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 1)) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
6858 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
6859 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 1)) == SIGN_EXTEND
))
6860 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0), 0)) == DImode
6861 && GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 1), 0)) == DImode
6862 /* (const_int 64) */
6863 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1))
6864 && UINTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == 64)
6868 *cost
+= extra_cost
->mult
[mode
== DImode
].extend
;
6869 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 0), 0),
6871 *cost
+= rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), 1), 0),
6881 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6883 "\nFailed to cost RTX. Assuming default cost.\n");
6888 /* Wrapper around aarch64_rtx_costs, dumps the partial, or total cost
6889 calculated for X. This cost is stored in *COST. Returns true
6890 if the total cost of X was calculated. */
6892 aarch64_rtx_costs_wrapper (rtx x
, int code
, int outer
,
6893 int param
, int *cost
, bool speed
)
6895 bool result
= aarch64_rtx_costs (x
, code
, outer
, param
, cost
, speed
);
6897 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6899 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, x
);
6900 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n%s cost: %d (%s)\n",
6901 speed
? "Hot" : "Cold",
6902 *cost
, result
? "final" : "partial");
6909 aarch64_register_move_cost (machine_mode mode
,
6910 reg_class_t from_i
, reg_class_t to_i
)
6912 enum reg_class from
= (enum reg_class
) from_i
;
6913 enum reg_class to
= (enum reg_class
) to_i
;
6914 const struct cpu_regmove_cost
*regmove_cost
6915 = aarch64_tune_params
.regmove_cost
;
6917 /* Caller save and pointer regs are equivalent to GENERAL_REGS. */
6918 if (to
== CALLER_SAVE_REGS
|| to
== POINTER_REGS
)
6921 if (from
== CALLER_SAVE_REGS
|| from
== POINTER_REGS
)
6922 from
= GENERAL_REGS
;
6924 /* Moving between GPR and stack cost is the same as GP2GP. */
6925 if ((from
== GENERAL_REGS
&& to
== STACK_REG
)
6926 || (to
== GENERAL_REGS
&& from
== STACK_REG
))
6927 return regmove_cost
->GP2GP
;
6929 /* To/From the stack register, we move via the gprs. */
6930 if (to
== STACK_REG
|| from
== STACK_REG
)
6931 return aarch64_register_move_cost (mode
, from
, GENERAL_REGS
)
6932 + aarch64_register_move_cost (mode
, GENERAL_REGS
, to
);
6934 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 16)
6936 /* 128-bit operations on general registers require 2 instructions. */
6937 if (from
== GENERAL_REGS
&& to
== GENERAL_REGS
)
6938 return regmove_cost
->GP2GP
* 2;
6939 else if (from
== GENERAL_REGS
)
6940 return regmove_cost
->GP2FP
* 2;
6941 else if (to
== GENERAL_REGS
)
6942 return regmove_cost
->FP2GP
* 2;
6944 /* When AdvSIMD instructions are disabled it is not possible to move
6945 a 128-bit value directly between Q registers. This is handled in
6946 secondary reload. A general register is used as a scratch to move
6947 the upper DI value and the lower DI value is moved directly,
6948 hence the cost is the sum of three moves. */
6950 return regmove_cost
->GP2FP
+ regmove_cost
->FP2GP
+ regmove_cost
->FP2FP
;
6952 return regmove_cost
->FP2FP
;
6955 if (from
== GENERAL_REGS
&& to
== GENERAL_REGS
)
6956 return regmove_cost
->GP2GP
;
6957 else if (from
== GENERAL_REGS
)
6958 return regmove_cost
->GP2FP
;
6959 else if (to
== GENERAL_REGS
)
6960 return regmove_cost
->FP2GP
;
6962 return regmove_cost
->FP2FP
;
6966 aarch64_memory_move_cost (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6967 reg_class_t rclass ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6968 bool in ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6970 return aarch64_tune_params
.memmov_cost
;
6973 /* Return the number of instructions that can be issued per cycle. */
6975 aarch64_sched_issue_rate (void)
6977 return aarch64_tune_params
.issue_rate
;
6981 aarch64_sched_first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead (void)
6983 int issue_rate
= aarch64_sched_issue_rate ();
6985 return issue_rate
> 1 && !sched_fusion
? issue_rate
: 0;
6988 /* Vectorizer cost model target hooks. */
6990 /* Implement targetm.vectorize.builtin_vectorization_cost. */
6992 aarch64_builtin_vectorization_cost (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost
,
6994 int misalign ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6998 switch (type_of_cost
)
7001 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->scalar_stmt_cost
;
7004 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->scalar_load_cost
;
7007 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->scalar_store_cost
;
7010 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->vec_stmt_cost
;
7013 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->vec_align_load_cost
;
7016 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->vec_store_cost
;
7019 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->vec_to_scalar_cost
;
7022 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->scalar_to_vec_cost
;
7024 case unaligned_load
:
7025 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->vec_unalign_load_cost
;
7027 case unaligned_store
:
7028 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->vec_unalign_store_cost
;
7030 case cond_branch_taken
:
7031 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->cond_taken_branch_cost
;
7033 case cond_branch_not_taken
:
7034 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->cond_not_taken_branch_cost
;
7037 case vec_promote_demote
:
7038 return aarch64_tune_params
.vec_costs
->vec_stmt_cost
;
7041 elements
= TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (vectype
);
7042 return elements
/ 2 + 1;
7049 /* Implement targetm.vectorize.add_stmt_cost. */
7051 aarch64_add_stmt_cost (void *data
, int count
, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind
,
7052 struct _stmt_vec_info
*stmt_info
, int misalign
,
7053 enum vect_cost_model_location where
)
7055 unsigned *cost
= (unsigned *) data
;
7056 unsigned retval
= 0;
7058 if (flag_vect_cost_model
)
7060 tree vectype
= stmt_info
? stmt_vectype (stmt_info
) : NULL_TREE
;
7062 aarch64_builtin_vectorization_cost (kind
, vectype
, misalign
);
7064 /* Statements in an inner loop relative to the loop being
7065 vectorized are weighted more heavily. The value here is
7066 a function (linear for now) of the loop nest level. */
7067 if (where
== vect_body
&& stmt_info
&& stmt_in_inner_loop_p (stmt_info
))
7069 loop_vec_info loop_info
= STMT_VINFO_LOOP_VINFO (stmt_info
);
7070 struct loop
*loop
= LOOP_VINFO_LOOP (loop_info
);
7071 unsigned nest_level
= loop_depth (loop
);
7073 count
*= nest_level
;
7076 retval
= (unsigned) (count
* stmt_cost
);
7077 cost
[where
] += retval
;
7083 static void initialize_aarch64_code_model (void);
7085 /* Parse the architecture extension string. */
7088 aarch64_parse_extension (char *str
)
7090 /* The extension string is parsed left to right. */
7091 const struct aarch64_option_extension
*opt
= NULL
;
7093 /* Flag to say whether we are adding or removing an extension. */
7094 int adding_ext
= -1;
7096 while (str
!= NULL
&& *str
!= 0)
7102 ext
= strchr (str
, '+');
7109 if (len
>= 2 && strncmp (str
, "no", 2) == 0)
7120 error ("missing feature modifier after %qs", adding_ext
? "+"
7125 /* Scan over the extensions table trying to find an exact match. */
7126 for (opt
= all_extensions
; opt
->name
!= NULL
; opt
++)
7128 if (strlen (opt
->name
) == len
&& strncmp (opt
->name
, str
, len
) == 0)
7130 /* Add or remove the extension. */
7132 aarch64_isa_flags
|= opt
->flags_on
;
7134 aarch64_isa_flags
&= ~(opt
->flags_off
);
7139 if (opt
->name
== NULL
)
7141 /* Extension not found in list. */
7142 error ("unknown feature modifier %qs", str
);
7152 /* Parse the ARCH string. */
7155 aarch64_parse_arch (void)
7158 const struct processor
*arch
;
7159 char *str
= (char *) alloca (strlen (aarch64_arch_string
) + 1);
7162 strcpy (str
, aarch64_arch_string
);
7164 ext
= strchr (str
, '+');
7173 error ("missing arch name in -march=%qs", str
);
7177 /* Loop through the list of supported ARCHs to find a match. */
7178 for (arch
= all_architectures
; arch
->name
!= NULL
; arch
++)
7180 if (strlen (arch
->name
) == len
&& strncmp (arch
->name
, str
, len
) == 0)
7182 selected_arch
= arch
;
7183 aarch64_isa_flags
= selected_arch
->flags
;
7186 selected_cpu
= &all_cores
[selected_arch
->core
];
7190 /* ARCH string contains at least one extension. */
7191 aarch64_parse_extension (ext
);
7194 if (strcmp (selected_arch
->arch
, selected_cpu
->arch
))
7196 warning (0, "switch -mcpu=%s conflicts with -march=%s switch",
7197 selected_cpu
->name
, selected_arch
->name
);
7204 /* ARCH name not found in list. */
7205 error ("unknown value %qs for -march", str
);
7209 /* Parse the CPU string. */
7212 aarch64_parse_cpu (void)
7215 const struct processor
*cpu
;
7216 char *str
= (char *) alloca (strlen (aarch64_cpu_string
) + 1);
7219 strcpy (str
, aarch64_cpu_string
);
7221 ext
= strchr (str
, '+');
7230 error ("missing cpu name in -mcpu=%qs", str
);
7234 /* Loop through the list of supported CPUs to find a match. */
7235 for (cpu
= all_cores
; cpu
->name
!= NULL
; cpu
++)
7237 if (strlen (cpu
->name
) == len
&& strncmp (cpu
->name
, str
, len
) == 0)
7240 aarch64_isa_flags
= selected_cpu
->flags
;
7244 /* CPU string contains at least one extension. */
7245 aarch64_parse_extension (ext
);
7252 /* CPU name not found in list. */
7253 error ("unknown value %qs for -mcpu", str
);
7257 /* Parse the TUNE string. */
7260 aarch64_parse_tune (void)
7262 const struct processor
*cpu
;
7263 char *str
= (char *) alloca (strlen (aarch64_tune_string
) + 1);
7264 strcpy (str
, aarch64_tune_string
);
7266 /* Loop through the list of supported CPUs to find a match. */
7267 for (cpu
= all_cores
; cpu
->name
!= NULL
; cpu
++)
7269 if (strcmp (cpu
->name
, str
) == 0)
7271 selected_tune
= cpu
;
7276 /* CPU name not found in list. */
7277 error ("unknown value %qs for -mtune", str
);
7281 /* Parse TOKEN, which has length LENGTH to see if it is an option
7282 described in FLAG. If it is, return the index bit for that fusion type.
7283 If not, error (printing OPTION_NAME) and return zero. */
7286 aarch64_parse_one_option_token (const char *token
,
7288 const struct aarch64_flag_desc
*flag
,
7289 const char *option_name
)
7291 for (; flag
->name
!= NULL
; flag
++)
7293 if (length
== strlen (flag
->name
)
7294 && !strncmp (flag
->name
, token
, length
))
7298 error ("unknown flag passed in -moverride=%s (%s)", option_name
, token
);
7302 /* Parse OPTION which is a comma-separated list of flags to enable.
7303 FLAGS gives the list of flags we understand, INITIAL_STATE gives any
7304 default state we inherit from the CPU tuning structures. OPTION_NAME
7305 gives the top-level option we are parsing in the -moverride string,
7306 for use in error messages. */
7309 aarch64_parse_boolean_options (const char *option
,
7310 const struct aarch64_flag_desc
*flags
,
7311 unsigned int initial_state
,
7312 const char *option_name
)
7314 const char separator
= '.';
7315 const char* specs
= option
;
7316 const char* ntoken
= option
;
7317 unsigned int found_flags
= initial_state
;
7319 while ((ntoken
= strchr (specs
, separator
)))
7321 size_t token_length
= ntoken
- specs
;
7322 unsigned token_ops
= aarch64_parse_one_option_token (specs
,
7326 /* If we find "none" (or, for simplicity's sake, an error) anywhere
7327 in the token stream, reset the supported operations. So:
7329 adrp+add.cmp+branch.none.adrp+add
7331 would have the result of turning on only adrp+add fusion. */
7335 found_flags
|= token_ops
;
7339 /* We ended with a comma, print something. */
7342 error ("%s string ill-formed\n", option_name
);
7346 /* We still have one more token to parse. */
7347 size_t token_length
= strlen (specs
);
7348 unsigned token_ops
= aarch64_parse_one_option_token (specs
,
7355 found_flags
|= token_ops
;
7359 /* Support for overriding instruction fusion. */
7362 aarch64_parse_fuse_string (const char *fuse_string
,
7363 struct tune_params
*tune
)
7365 tune
->fusible_ops
= aarch64_parse_boolean_options (fuse_string
,
7366 aarch64_fusible_pairs
,
7371 /* Support for overriding other tuning flags. */
7374 aarch64_parse_tune_string (const char *tune_string
,
7375 struct tune_params
*tune
)
7377 tune
->extra_tuning_flags
7378 = aarch64_parse_boolean_options (tune_string
,
7379 aarch64_tuning_flags
,
7380 tune
->extra_tuning_flags
,
7384 /* Parse TOKEN, which has length LENGTH to see if it is a tuning option
7385 we understand. If it is, extract the option string and handoff to
7386 the appropriate function. */
7389 aarch64_parse_one_override_token (const char* token
,
7391 struct tune_params
*tune
)
7393 const struct aarch64_tuning_override_function
*fn
7394 = aarch64_tuning_override_functions
;
7396 const char *option_part
= strchr (token
, '=');
7399 error ("tuning string missing in option (%s)", token
);
7403 /* Get the length of the option name. */
7404 length
= option_part
- token
;
7405 /* Skip the '=' to get to the option string. */
7408 for (; fn
->name
!= NULL
; fn
++)
7410 if (!strncmp (fn
->name
, token
, length
))
7412 fn
->parse_override (option_part
, tune
);
7417 error ("unknown tuning option (%s)",token
);
7421 /* Parse STRING looking for options in the format:
7422 string :: option:string
7423 option :: name=substring
7425 substring :: defined by option. */
7428 aarch64_parse_override_string (const char* input_string
,
7429 struct tune_params
* tune
)
7431 const char separator
= ':';
7432 size_t string_length
= strlen (input_string
) + 1;
7433 char *string_root
= (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (*string_root
) * string_length
);
7434 char *string
= string_root
;
7435 strncpy (string
, input_string
, string_length
);
7436 string
[string_length
- 1] = '\0';
7438 char* ntoken
= string
;
7440 while ((ntoken
= strchr (string
, separator
)))
7442 size_t token_length
= ntoken
- string
;
7443 /* Make this substring look like a string. */
7445 aarch64_parse_one_override_token (string
, token_length
, tune
);
7449 /* One last option to parse. */
7450 aarch64_parse_one_override_token (string
, strlen (string
), tune
);
7454 /* Implement TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE. */
7457 aarch64_override_options (void)
7459 /* -mcpu=CPU is shorthand for -march=ARCH_FOR_CPU, -mtune=CPU.
7460 If either of -march or -mtune is given, they override their
7461 respective component of -mcpu.
7463 So, first parse AARCH64_CPU_STRING, then the others, be careful
7464 with -march as, if -mcpu is not present on the command line, march
7465 must set a sensible default CPU. */
7466 if (aarch64_cpu_string
)
7468 aarch64_parse_cpu ();
7471 if (aarch64_arch_string
)
7473 aarch64_parse_arch ();
7476 if (aarch64_tune_string
)
7478 aarch64_parse_tune ();
7481 #ifndef HAVE_AS_MABI_OPTION
7482 /* The compiler may have been configured with 2.23.* binutils, which does
7483 not have support for ILP32. */
7485 error ("Assembler does not support -mabi=ilp32");
7488 initialize_aarch64_code_model ();
7490 aarch64_build_bitmask_table ();
7492 /* This target defaults to strict volatile bitfields. */
7493 if (flag_strict_volatile_bitfields
< 0 && abi_version_at_least (2))
7494 flag_strict_volatile_bitfields
= 1;
7496 /* If the user did not specify a processor, choose the default
7497 one for them. This will be the CPU set during configuration using
7498 --with-cpu, otherwise it is "generic". */
7501 selected_cpu
= &all_cores
[TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
& 0x3f];
7502 aarch64_isa_flags
= TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
>> 6;
7505 gcc_assert (selected_cpu
);
7508 selected_tune
= selected_cpu
;
7510 aarch64_tune_flags
= selected_tune
->flags
;
7511 aarch64_tune
= selected_tune
->core
;
7512 /* Make a copy of the tuning parameters attached to the core, which
7513 we may later overwrite. */
7514 aarch64_tune_params
= *(selected_tune
->tune
);
7515 aarch64_architecture_version
= selected_cpu
->architecture_version
;
7517 if (aarch64_override_tune_string
)
7518 aarch64_parse_override_string (aarch64_override_tune_string
,
7519 &aarch64_tune_params
);
7521 if (aarch64_fix_a53_err835769
== 2)
7523 #ifdef TARGET_FIX_ERR_A53_835769_DEFAULT
7524 aarch64_fix_a53_err835769
= 1;
7526 aarch64_fix_a53_err835769
= 0;
7530 aarch64_register_fma_steering ();
7532 aarch64_override_options_after_change ();
7535 /* Implement targetm.override_options_after_change. */
7538 aarch64_override_options_after_change (void)
7540 if (flag_omit_frame_pointer
)
7541 flag_omit_leaf_frame_pointer
= false;
7542 else if (flag_omit_leaf_frame_pointer
)
7543 flag_omit_frame_pointer
= true;
7545 /* If not optimizing for size, set the default
7546 alignment to what the target wants */
7549 if (align_loops
<= 0)
7550 align_loops
= aarch64_tune_params
.loop_align
;
7551 if (align_jumps
<= 0)
7552 align_jumps
= aarch64_tune_params
.jump_align
;
7553 if (align_functions
<= 0)
7554 align_functions
= aarch64_tune_params
.function_align
;
7558 static struct machine_function
*
7559 aarch64_init_machine_status (void)
7561 struct machine_function
*machine
;
7562 machine
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<machine_function
> ();
7567 aarch64_init_expanders (void)
7569 init_machine_status
= aarch64_init_machine_status
;
7572 /* A checking mechanism for the implementation of the various code models. */
7574 initialize_aarch64_code_model (void)
7578 switch (aarch64_cmodel_var
)
7580 case AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY
:
7581 aarch64_cmodel
= AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY_PIC
;
7583 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL
:
7584 #ifdef HAVE_AS_SMALL_PIC_RELOCS
7585 aarch64_cmodel
= (flag_pic
== 2
7586 ? AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_PIC
7587 : AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_SPIC
);
7589 aarch64_cmodel
= AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_PIC
;
7592 case AARCH64_CMODEL_LARGE
:
7593 sorry ("code model %qs with -f%s", "large",
7594 flag_pic
> 1 ? "PIC" : "pic");
7600 aarch64_cmodel
= aarch64_cmodel_var
;
7603 /* Return true if SYMBOL_REF X binds locally. */
7606 aarch64_symbol_binds_local_p (const_rtx x
)
7608 return (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)
7609 ? targetm
.binds_local_p (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
))
7610 : SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x
));
7613 /* Return true if SYMBOL_REF X is thread local */
7615 aarch64_tls_symbol_p (rtx x
)
7617 if (! TARGET_HAVE_TLS
)
7620 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
7623 return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x
) != 0;
7626 /* Classify a TLS symbol into one of the TLS kinds. */
7627 enum aarch64_symbol_type
7628 aarch64_classify_tls_symbol (rtx x
)
7630 enum tls_model tls_kind
= tls_symbolic_operand_type (x
);
7634 case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC
:
7635 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC
:
7636 return TARGET_TLS_DESC
? SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSDESC
: SYMBOL_SMALL_TLSGD
;
7638 case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC
:
7639 return SYMBOL_SMALL_GOTTPREL
;
7641 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
:
7642 return SYMBOL_TLSLE
;
7644 case TLS_MODEL_EMULATED
:
7645 case TLS_MODEL_NONE
:
7646 return SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
;
7653 /* Return the method that should be used to access SYMBOL_REF or
7654 LABEL_REF X in context CONTEXT. */
7656 enum aarch64_symbol_type
7657 aarch64_classify_symbol (rtx x
, rtx offset
,
7658 enum aarch64_symbol_context context ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7660 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LABEL_REF
)
7662 switch (aarch64_cmodel
)
7664 case AARCH64_CMODEL_LARGE
:
7665 return SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
;
7667 case AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY_PIC
:
7668 case AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY
:
7669 return SYMBOL_TINY_ABSOLUTE
;
7671 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_SPIC
:
7672 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_PIC
:
7673 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL
:
7674 return SYMBOL_SMALL_ABSOLUTE
;
7681 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
7683 if (aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_LARGE
)
7684 return SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
;
7686 if (aarch64_tls_symbol_p (x
))
7687 return aarch64_classify_tls_symbol (x
);
7689 switch (aarch64_cmodel
)
7691 case AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY
:
7692 /* When we retreive symbol + offset address, we have to make sure
7693 the offset does not cause overflow of the final address. But
7694 we have no way of knowing the address of symbol at compile time
7695 so we can't accurately say if the distance between the PC and
7696 symbol + offset is outside the addressible range of +/-1M in the
7697 TINY code model. So we rely on images not being greater than
7698 1M and cap the offset at 1M and anything beyond 1M will have to
7699 be loaded using an alternative mechanism. */
7700 if (SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x
)
7701 || INTVAL (offset
) < -1048575 || INTVAL (offset
) > 1048575)
7702 return SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
;
7703 return SYMBOL_TINY_ABSOLUTE
;
7705 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL
:
7706 /* Same reasoning as the tiny code model, but the offset cap here is
7708 if (SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x
)
7709 || !IN_RANGE (INTVAL (offset
), HOST_WIDE_INT_C (-4294967263),
7710 HOST_WIDE_INT_C (4294967264)))
7711 return SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
;
7712 return SYMBOL_SMALL_ABSOLUTE
;
7714 case AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY_PIC
:
7715 if (!aarch64_symbol_binds_local_p (x
))
7716 return SYMBOL_TINY_GOT
;
7717 return SYMBOL_TINY_ABSOLUTE
;
7719 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_SPIC
:
7720 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_PIC
:
7721 if (!aarch64_symbol_binds_local_p (x
))
7722 return (aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_SPIC
7723 ? SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_28K
: SYMBOL_SMALL_GOT_4G
);
7724 return SYMBOL_SMALL_ABSOLUTE
;
7731 /* By default push everything into the constant pool. */
7732 return SYMBOL_FORCE_TO_MEM
;
7736 aarch64_constant_address_p (rtx x
)
7738 return (CONSTANT_P (x
) && memory_address_p (DImode
, x
));
7742 aarch64_legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x
)
7744 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
7745 || (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
7746 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
7747 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
))
7753 /* Return true if X holds either a quarter-precision or
7754 floating-point +0.0 constant. */
7756 aarch64_valid_floating_const (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
)
7758 if (!CONST_DOUBLE_P (x
))
7761 if (aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (x
))
7764 /* We only handle moving 0.0 to a TFmode register. */
7765 if (!(mode
== SFmode
|| mode
== DFmode
))
7768 return aarch64_float_const_representable_p (x
);
7772 aarch64_legitimate_constant_p (machine_mode mode
, rtx x
)
7774 /* Do not allow vector struct mode constants. We could support
7775 0 and -1 easily, but they need support in aarch64-simd.md. */
7776 if (TARGET_SIMD
&& aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
))
7779 /* This could probably go away because
7780 we now decompose CONST_INTs according to expand_mov_immediate. */
7781 if ((GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_VECTOR
7782 && aarch64_simd_valid_immediate (x
, mode
, false, NULL
))
7783 || CONST_INT_P (x
) || aarch64_valid_floating_const (mode
, x
))
7784 return !targetm
.cannot_force_const_mem (mode
, x
);
7786 if (GET_CODE (x
) == HIGH
7787 && aarch64_valid_symref (XEXP (x
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0))))
7790 return aarch64_constant_address_p (x
);
7794 aarch64_load_tp (rtx target
)
7797 || GET_MODE (target
) != Pmode
7798 || !register_operand (target
, Pmode
))
7799 target
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
7801 /* Can return in any reg. */
7802 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_load_tp_hard (target
));
7806 /* On AAPCS systems, this is the "struct __va_list". */
7807 static GTY(()) tree va_list_type
;
7809 /* Implement TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST.
7810 Return the type to use as __builtin_va_list.
7812 AAPCS64 \S 7.1.4 requires that va_list be a typedef for a type defined as:
7824 aarch64_build_builtin_va_list (void)
7827 tree f_stack
, f_grtop
, f_vrtop
, f_groff
, f_vroff
;
7829 /* Create the type. */
7830 va_list_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.make_type (RECORD_TYPE
);
7831 /* Give it the required name. */
7832 va_list_name
= build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION
,
7834 get_identifier ("__va_list"),
7836 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (va_list_name
) = 1;
7837 TYPE_NAME (va_list_type
) = va_list_name
;
7838 TYPE_STUB_DECL (va_list_type
) = va_list_name
;
7840 /* Create the fields. */
7841 f_stack
= build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION
,
7842 FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__stack"),
7844 f_grtop
= build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION
,
7845 FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__gr_top"),
7847 f_vrtop
= build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION
,
7848 FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__vr_top"),
7850 f_groff
= build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION
,
7851 FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__gr_offs"),
7853 f_vroff
= build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION
,
7854 FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__vr_offs"),
7857 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (f_stack
) = 1;
7858 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (f_grtop
) = 1;
7859 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (f_vrtop
) = 1;
7860 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (f_groff
) = 1;
7861 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (f_vroff
) = 1;
7863 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_stack
) = va_list_type
;
7864 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_grtop
) = va_list_type
;
7865 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_vrtop
) = va_list_type
;
7866 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_groff
) = va_list_type
;
7867 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_vroff
) = va_list_type
;
7869 TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type
) = f_stack
;
7870 DECL_CHAIN (f_stack
) = f_grtop
;
7871 DECL_CHAIN (f_grtop
) = f_vrtop
;
7872 DECL_CHAIN (f_vrtop
) = f_groff
;
7873 DECL_CHAIN (f_groff
) = f_vroff
;
7875 /* Compute its layout. */
7876 layout_type (va_list_type
);
7878 return va_list_type
;
7881 /* Implement TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START. */
7883 aarch64_expand_builtin_va_start (tree valist
, rtx nextarg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7885 const CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*cum
;
7886 tree f_stack
, f_grtop
, f_vrtop
, f_groff
, f_vroff
;
7887 tree stack
, grtop
, vrtop
, groff
, vroff
;
7889 int gr_save_area_size
;
7890 int vr_save_area_size
;
7893 cum
= &crtl
->args
.info
;
7895 = (NUM_ARG_REGS
- cum
->aapcs_ncrn
) * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
7897 = (NUM_FP_ARG_REGS
- cum
->aapcs_nvrn
) * UNITS_PER_VREG
;
7901 gcc_assert (cum
->aapcs_nvrn
== 0);
7902 vr_save_area_size
= 0;
7905 f_stack
= TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node
);
7906 f_grtop
= DECL_CHAIN (f_stack
);
7907 f_vrtop
= DECL_CHAIN (f_grtop
);
7908 f_groff
= DECL_CHAIN (f_vrtop
);
7909 f_vroff
= DECL_CHAIN (f_groff
);
7911 stack
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_stack
), valist
, f_stack
,
7913 grtop
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_grtop
), valist
, f_grtop
,
7915 vrtop
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_vrtop
), valist
, f_vrtop
,
7917 groff
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_groff
), valist
, f_groff
,
7919 vroff
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_vroff
), valist
, f_vroff
,
7922 /* Emit code to initialize STACK, which points to the next varargs stack
7923 argument. CUM->AAPCS_STACK_SIZE gives the number of stack words used
7924 by named arguments. STACK is 8-byte aligned. */
7925 t
= make_tree (TREE_TYPE (stack
), virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
7926 if (cum
->aapcs_stack_size
> 0)
7927 t
= fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (t
, cum
->aapcs_stack_size
* UNITS_PER_WORD
);
7928 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (stack
), stack
, t
);
7929 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
7931 /* Emit code to initialize GRTOP, the top of the GR save area.
7932 virtual_incoming_args_rtx should have been 16 byte aligned. */
7933 t
= make_tree (TREE_TYPE (grtop
), virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
7934 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (grtop
), grtop
, t
);
7935 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
7937 /* Emit code to initialize VRTOP, the top of the VR save area.
7938 This address is gr_save_area_bytes below GRTOP, rounded
7939 down to the next 16-byte boundary. */
7940 t
= make_tree (TREE_TYPE (vrtop
), virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
7941 vr_offset
= AARCH64_ROUND_UP (gr_save_area_size
,
7942 STACK_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7945 t
= fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (t
, -vr_offset
);
7946 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (vrtop
), vrtop
, t
);
7947 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
7949 /* Emit code to initialize GROFF, the offset from GRTOP of the
7950 next GPR argument. */
7951 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (groff
), groff
,
7952 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (groff
), -gr_save_area_size
));
7953 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
7955 /* Likewise emit code to initialize VROFF, the offset from FTOP
7956 of the next VR argument. */
7957 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (vroff
), vroff
,
7958 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vroff
), -vr_save_area_size
));
7959 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
7962 /* Implement TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR. */
7965 aarch64_gimplify_va_arg_expr (tree valist
, tree type
, gimple_seq
*pre_p
,
7966 gimple_seq
*post_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7970 bool is_ha
; /* is HFA or HVA. */
7971 bool dw_align
; /* double-word align. */
7972 machine_mode ag_mode
= VOIDmode
;
7976 tree f_stack
, f_grtop
, f_vrtop
, f_groff
, f_vroff
;
7977 tree stack
, f_top
, f_off
, off
, arg
, roundup
, on_stack
;
7978 HOST_WIDE_INT size
, rsize
, adjust
, align
;
7979 tree t
, u
, cond1
, cond2
;
7981 indirect_p
= pass_by_reference (NULL
, TYPE_MODE (type
), type
, false);
7983 type
= build_pointer_type (type
);
7985 mode
= TYPE_MODE (type
);
7987 f_stack
= TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node
);
7988 f_grtop
= DECL_CHAIN (f_stack
);
7989 f_vrtop
= DECL_CHAIN (f_grtop
);
7990 f_groff
= DECL_CHAIN (f_vrtop
);
7991 f_vroff
= DECL_CHAIN (f_groff
);
7993 stack
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_stack
), unshare_expr (valist
),
7994 f_stack
, NULL_TREE
);
7995 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
7996 align
= aarch64_function_arg_alignment (mode
, type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8000 if (aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (mode
,
8006 /* TYPE passed in fp/simd registers. */
8008 aarch64_err_no_fpadvsimd (mode
, "varargs");
8010 f_top
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_vrtop
),
8011 unshare_expr (valist
), f_vrtop
, NULL_TREE
);
8012 f_off
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_vroff
),
8013 unshare_expr (valist
), f_vroff
, NULL_TREE
);
8015 rsize
= nregs
* UNITS_PER_VREG
;
8019 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (ag_mode
) < UNITS_PER_VREG
)
8020 adjust
= UNITS_PER_VREG
- GET_MODE_SIZE (ag_mode
);
8022 else if (BLOCK_REG_PADDING (mode
, type
, 1) == downward
8023 && size
< UNITS_PER_VREG
)
8025 adjust
= UNITS_PER_VREG
- size
;
8030 /* TYPE passed in general registers. */
8031 f_top
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_grtop
),
8032 unshare_expr (valist
), f_grtop
, NULL_TREE
);
8033 f_off
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (f_groff
),
8034 unshare_expr (valist
), f_groff
, NULL_TREE
);
8035 rsize
= (size
+ UNITS_PER_WORD
- 1) & -UNITS_PER_WORD
;
8036 nregs
= rsize
/ UNITS_PER_WORD
;
8041 if (BLOCK_REG_PADDING (mode
, type
, 1) == downward
8042 && size
< UNITS_PER_WORD
)
8044 adjust
= UNITS_PER_WORD
- size
;
8048 /* Get a local temporary for the field value. */
8049 off
= get_initialized_tmp_var (f_off
, pre_p
, NULL
);
8051 /* Emit code to branch if off >= 0. */
8052 t
= build2 (GE_EXPR
, boolean_type_node
, off
,
8053 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (off
), 0));
8054 cond1
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, ptr_type_node
, t
, NULL_TREE
, NULL_TREE
);
8058 /* Emit: offs = (offs + 15) & -16. */
8059 t
= build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (off
), off
,
8060 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (off
), 15));
8061 t
= build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (off
), t
,
8062 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (off
), -16));
8063 roundup
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (off
), off
, t
);
8068 /* Update ap.__[g|v]r_offs */
8069 t
= build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (off
), off
,
8070 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (off
), rsize
));
8071 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (f_off
), unshare_expr (f_off
), t
);
8075 t
= build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (t
), roundup
, t
);
8077 /* [cond2] if (ap.__[g|v]r_offs > 0) */
8078 u
= build2 (GT_EXPR
, boolean_type_node
, unshare_expr (f_off
),
8079 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (f_off
), 0));
8080 cond2
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, ptr_type_node
, u
, NULL_TREE
, NULL_TREE
);
8082 /* String up: make sure the assignment happens before the use. */
8083 t
= build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (cond2
), t
, cond2
);
8084 COND_EXPR_ELSE (cond1
) = t
;
8086 /* Prepare the trees handling the argument that is passed on the stack;
8087 the top level node will store in ON_STACK. */
8088 arg
= get_initialized_tmp_var (stack
, pre_p
, NULL
);
8091 /* if (alignof(type) > 8) (arg = arg + 15) & -16; */
8092 t
= fold_convert (intDI_type_node
, arg
);
8093 t
= build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (t
), t
,
8094 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (t
), 15));
8095 t
= build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (t
), t
,
8096 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (t
), -16));
8097 t
= fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (arg
), t
);
8098 roundup
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (arg
), arg
, t
);
8102 /* Advance ap.__stack */
8103 t
= fold_convert (intDI_type_node
, arg
);
8104 t
= build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (t
), t
,
8105 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (t
), size
+ 7));
8106 t
= build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (t
), t
,
8107 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (t
), -8));
8108 t
= fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (arg
), t
);
8109 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (stack
), unshare_expr (stack
), t
);
8110 /* String up roundup and advance. */
8112 t
= build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (t
), roundup
, t
);
8113 /* String up with arg */
8114 on_stack
= build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (arg
), t
, arg
);
8115 /* Big-endianness related address adjustment. */
8116 if (BLOCK_REG_PADDING (mode
, type
, 1) == downward
8117 && size
< UNITS_PER_WORD
)
8119 t
= build2 (POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (arg
), arg
,
8120 size_int (UNITS_PER_WORD
- size
));
8121 on_stack
= build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (arg
), on_stack
, t
);
8124 COND_EXPR_THEN (cond1
) = unshare_expr (on_stack
);
8125 COND_EXPR_THEN (cond2
) = unshare_expr (on_stack
);
8127 /* Adjustment to OFFSET in the case of BIG_ENDIAN. */
8130 t
= build2 (PREINCREMENT_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (off
), off
,
8131 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (off
), adjust
));
8133 t
= fold_convert (sizetype
, t
);
8134 t
= build2 (POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (f_top
), f_top
, t
);
8138 /* type ha; // treat as "struct {ftype field[n];}"
8139 ... [computing offs]
8140 for (i = 0; i <nregs; ++i, offs += 16)
8141 ha.field[i] = *((ftype *)(ap.__vr_top + offs));
8144 tree tmp_ha
, field_t
, field_ptr_t
;
8146 /* Declare a local variable. */
8147 tmp_ha
= create_tmp_var_raw (type
, "ha");
8148 gimple_add_tmp_var (tmp_ha
);
8150 /* Establish the base type. */
8154 field_t
= float_type_node
;
8155 field_ptr_t
= float_ptr_type_node
;
8158 field_t
= double_type_node
;
8159 field_ptr_t
= double_ptr_type_node
;
8162 field_t
= long_double_type_node
;
8163 field_ptr_t
= long_double_ptr_type_node
;
8165 /* The half precision and quad precision are not fully supported yet. Enable
8166 the following code after the support is complete. Need to find the correct
8167 type node for __fp16 *. */
8170 field_t
= float_type_node
;
8171 field_ptr_t
= float_ptr_type_node
;
8177 tree innertype
= make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (SImode
));
8178 field_t
= build_vector_type_for_mode (innertype
, ag_mode
);
8179 field_ptr_t
= build_pointer_type (field_t
);
8186 /* *(field_ptr_t)&ha = *((field_ptr_t)vr_saved_area */
8187 tmp_ha
= build1 (ADDR_EXPR
, field_ptr_t
, tmp_ha
);
8189 t
= fold_convert (field_ptr_t
, addr
);
8190 t
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, field_t
,
8191 build1 (INDIRECT_REF
, field_t
, tmp_ha
),
8192 build1 (INDIRECT_REF
, field_t
, t
));
8194 /* ha.field[i] = *((field_ptr_t)vr_saved_area + i) */
8195 for (i
= 1; i
< nregs
; ++i
)
8197 addr
= fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (addr
, UNITS_PER_VREG
);
8198 u
= fold_convert (field_ptr_t
, addr
);
8199 u
= build2 (MODIFY_EXPR
, field_t
,
8200 build2 (MEM_REF
, field_t
, tmp_ha
,
8201 build_int_cst (field_ptr_t
,
8203 int_size_in_bytes (field_t
)))),
8204 build1 (INDIRECT_REF
, field_t
, u
));
8205 t
= build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (t
), t
, u
);
8208 u
= fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (f_top
), tmp_ha
);
8209 t
= build2 (COMPOUND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (f_top
), t
, u
);
8212 COND_EXPR_ELSE (cond2
) = t
;
8213 addr
= fold_convert (build_pointer_type (type
), cond1
);
8214 addr
= build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr
);
8217 addr
= build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr
);
8222 /* Implement TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS. */
8225 aarch64_setup_incoming_varargs (cumulative_args_t cum_v
, machine_mode mode
,
8226 tree type
, int *pretend_size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8229 CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*cum
= get_cumulative_args (cum_v
);
8230 CUMULATIVE_ARGS local_cum
;
8231 int gr_saved
, vr_saved
;
8233 /* The caller has advanced CUM up to, but not beyond, the last named
8234 argument. Advance a local copy of CUM past the last "real" named
8235 argument, to find out how many registers are left over. */
8237 aarch64_function_arg_advance (pack_cumulative_args(&local_cum
), mode
, type
, true);
8239 /* Found out how many registers we need to save. */
8240 gr_saved
= NUM_ARG_REGS
- local_cum
.aapcs_ncrn
;
8241 vr_saved
= NUM_FP_ARG_REGS
- local_cum
.aapcs_nvrn
;
8245 gcc_assert (local_cum
.aapcs_nvrn
== 0);
8255 /* virtual_incoming_args_rtx should have been 16-byte aligned. */
8256 ptr
= plus_constant (Pmode
, virtual_incoming_args_rtx
,
8257 - gr_saved
* UNITS_PER_WORD
);
8258 mem
= gen_frame_mem (BLKmode
, ptr
);
8259 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, get_varargs_alias_set ());
8261 move_block_from_reg (local_cum
.aapcs_ncrn
+ R0_REGNUM
,
8266 /* We can't use move_block_from_reg, because it will use
8267 the wrong mode, storing D regs only. */
8268 machine_mode mode
= TImode
;
8271 /* Set OFF to the offset from virtual_incoming_args_rtx of
8272 the first vector register. The VR save area lies below
8273 the GR one, and is aligned to 16 bytes. */
8274 off
= -AARCH64_ROUND_UP (gr_saved
* UNITS_PER_WORD
,
8275 STACK_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8276 off
-= vr_saved
* UNITS_PER_VREG
;
8278 for (i
= local_cum
.aapcs_nvrn
; i
< NUM_FP_ARG_REGS
; ++i
)
8282 ptr
= plus_constant (Pmode
, virtual_incoming_args_rtx
, off
);
8283 mem
= gen_frame_mem (mode
, ptr
);
8284 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, get_varargs_alias_set ());
8285 aarch64_emit_move (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (mode
, V0_REGNUM
+ i
));
8286 off
+= UNITS_PER_VREG
;
8291 /* We don't save the size into *PRETEND_SIZE because we want to avoid
8292 any complication of having crtl->args.pretend_args_size changed. */
8293 cfun
->machine
->frame
.saved_varargs_size
8294 = (AARCH64_ROUND_UP (gr_saved
* UNITS_PER_WORD
,
8295 STACK_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
)
8296 + vr_saved
* UNITS_PER_VREG
);
8300 aarch64_conditional_register_usage (void)
8305 for (i
= V0_REGNUM
; i
<= V31_REGNUM
; i
++)
8308 call_used_regs
[i
] = 1;
8313 /* Walk down the type tree of TYPE counting consecutive base elements.
8314 If *MODEP is VOIDmode, then set it to the first valid floating point
8315 type. If a non-floating point type is found, or if a floating point
8316 type that doesn't match a non-VOIDmode *MODEP is found, then return -1,
8317 otherwise return the count in the sub-tree. */
8319 aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (const_tree type
, machine_mode
*modep
)
8324 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8327 mode
= TYPE_MODE (type
);
8328 if (mode
!= DFmode
&& mode
!= SFmode
&& mode
!= TFmode
)
8331 if (*modep
== VOIDmode
)
8340 mode
= TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
));
8341 if (mode
!= DFmode
&& mode
!= SFmode
&& mode
!= TFmode
)
8344 if (*modep
== VOIDmode
)
8353 /* Use V2SImode and V4SImode as representatives of all 64-bit
8354 and 128-bit vector types. */
8355 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8368 if (*modep
== VOIDmode
)
8371 /* Vector modes are considered to be opaque: two vectors are
8372 equivalent for the purposes of being homogeneous aggregates
8373 if they are the same size. */
8382 tree index
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
8384 /* Can't handle incomplete types nor sizes that are not
8386 if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
)
8387 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
8390 count
= aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (type
), modep
);
8393 || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index
)
8394 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index
))
8395 || !TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index
)
8396 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index
))
8400 count
*= (1 + tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index
))
8401 - tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index
)));
8403 /* There must be no padding. */
8404 if (wi::ne_p (TYPE_SIZE (type
), count
* GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep
)))
8416 /* Can't handle incomplete types nor sizes that are not
8418 if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
)
8419 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
8422 for (field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); field
; field
= TREE_CHAIN (field
))
8424 if (TREE_CODE (field
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8427 sub_count
= aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (field
), modep
);
8433 /* There must be no padding. */
8434 if (wi::ne_p (TYPE_SIZE (type
), count
* GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep
)))
8441 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8443 /* These aren't very interesting except in a degenerate case. */
8448 /* Can't handle incomplete types nor sizes that are not
8450 if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
)
8451 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
8454 for (field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); field
; field
= TREE_CHAIN (field
))
8456 if (TREE_CODE (field
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8459 sub_count
= aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (field
), modep
);
8462 count
= count
> sub_count
? count
: sub_count
;
8465 /* There must be no padding. */
8466 if (wi::ne_p (TYPE_SIZE (type
), count
* GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep
)))
8479 /* Return TRUE if the type, as described by TYPE and MODE, is a short vector
8480 type as described in AAPCS64 \S 4.1.2.
8482 See the comment above aarch64_composite_type_p for the notes on MODE. */
8485 aarch64_short_vector_p (const_tree type
,
8488 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= -1;
8490 if (type
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
8491 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8492 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_VECTOR_INT
8493 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
)
8494 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
8496 return (size
== 8 || size
== 16);
8499 /* Return TRUE if the type, as described by TYPE and MODE, is a composite
8500 type as described in AAPCS64 \S 4.3. This includes aggregate, union and
8501 array types. The C99 floating-point complex types are also considered
8502 as composite types, according to AAPCS64 \S 7.1.1. The complex integer
8503 types, which are GCC extensions and out of the scope of AAPCS64, are
8504 treated as composite types here as well.
8506 Note that MODE itself is not sufficient in determining whether a type
8507 is such a composite type or not. This is because
8508 stor-layout.c:compute_record_mode may have already changed the MODE
8509 (BLKmode) of a RECORD_TYPE TYPE to some other mode. For example, a
8510 structure with only one field may have its MODE set to the mode of the
8511 field. Also an integer mode whose size matches the size of the
8512 RECORD_TYPE type may be used to substitute the original mode
8513 (i.e. BLKmode) in certain circumstances. In other words, MODE cannot be
8514 solely relied on. */
8517 aarch64_composite_type_p (const_tree type
,
8520 if (aarch64_short_vector_p (type
, mode
))
8523 if (type
&& (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
))
8527 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
8528 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT
)
8534 /* Return TRUE if an argument, whose type is described by TYPE and MODE,
8535 shall be passed or returned in simd/fp register(s) (providing these
8536 parameter passing registers are available).
8538 Upon successful return, *COUNT returns the number of needed registers,
8539 *BASE_MODE returns the mode of the individual register and when IS_HAF
8540 is not NULL, *IS_HA indicates whether or not the argument is a homogeneous
8541 floating-point aggregate or a homogeneous short-vector aggregate. */
8544 aarch64_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (machine_mode mode
,
8546 machine_mode
*base_mode
,
8550 machine_mode new_mode
= VOIDmode
;
8551 bool composite_p
= aarch64_composite_type_p (type
, mode
);
8553 if (is_ha
!= NULL
) *is_ha
= false;
8555 if ((!composite_p
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
8556 || aarch64_short_vector_p (type
, mode
))
8561 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
)
8563 if (is_ha
!= NULL
) *is_ha
= true;
8565 new_mode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
8567 else if (type
&& composite_p
)
8569 int ag_count
= aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (type
, &new_mode
);
8571 if (ag_count
> 0 && ag_count
<= HA_MAX_NUM_FLDS
)
8573 if (is_ha
!= NULL
) *is_ha
= true;
8582 *base_mode
= new_mode
;
8586 /* Implement TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX. */
8589 aarch64_struct_value_rtx (tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8590 int incoming ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8592 return gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, AARCH64_STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM
);
8595 /* Implements target hook vector_mode_supported_p. */
8597 aarch64_vector_mode_supported_p (machine_mode mode
)
8600 && (mode
== V4SImode
|| mode
== V8HImode
8601 || mode
== V16QImode
|| mode
== V2DImode
8602 || mode
== V2SImode
|| mode
== V4HImode
8603 || mode
== V8QImode
|| mode
== V2SFmode
8604 || mode
== V4SFmode
|| mode
== V2DFmode
8605 || mode
== V1DFmode
))
8611 /* Return appropriate SIMD container
8612 for MODE within a vector of WIDTH bits. */
8614 aarch64_simd_container_mode (machine_mode mode
, unsigned width
)
8616 gcc_assert (width
== 64 || width
== 128);
8655 /* Return 128-bit container as the preferred SIMD mode for MODE. */
8657 aarch64_preferred_simd_mode (machine_mode mode
)
8659 return aarch64_simd_container_mode (mode
, 128);
8662 /* Return the bitmask of possible vector sizes for the vectorizer
8665 aarch64_autovectorize_vector_sizes (void)
8670 /* Implement TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE. */
8673 aarch64_mangle_type (const_tree type
)
8675 /* The AArch64 ABI documents say that "__va_list" has to be
8676 managled as if it is in the "std" namespace. */
8677 if (lang_hooks
.types_compatible_p (CONST_CAST_TREE (type
), va_list_type
))
8678 return "St9__va_list";
8680 /* Mangle AArch64-specific internal types. TYPE_NAME is non-NULL_TREE for
8682 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL
)
8683 return aarch64_mangle_builtin_type (type
);
8685 /* Use the default mangling. */
8690 /* Return true if the rtx_insn contains a MEM RTX somewhere
8694 has_memory_op (rtx_insn
*mem_insn
)
8696 subrtx_iterator::array_type array
;
8697 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter
, array
, PATTERN (mem_insn
), ALL
)
8704 /* Find the first rtx_insn before insn that will generate an assembly
8708 aarch64_prev_real_insn (rtx_insn
*insn
)
8715 insn
= prev_real_insn (insn
);
8717 while (insn
&& recog_memoized (insn
) < 0);
8723 is_madd_op (enum attr_type t1
)
8726 /* A number of these may be AArch32 only. */
8727 enum attr_type mlatypes
[] = {
8728 TYPE_MLA
, TYPE_MLAS
, TYPE_SMLAD
, TYPE_SMLADX
, TYPE_SMLAL
, TYPE_SMLALD
,
8729 TYPE_SMLALS
, TYPE_SMLALXY
, TYPE_SMLAWX
, TYPE_SMLAWY
, TYPE_SMLAXY
,
8730 TYPE_SMMLA
, TYPE_UMLAL
, TYPE_UMLALS
,TYPE_SMLSD
, TYPE_SMLSDX
, TYPE_SMLSLD
8733 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (mlatypes
) / sizeof (enum attr_type
); i
++)
8735 if (t1
== mlatypes
[i
])
8742 /* Check if there is a register dependency between a load and the insn
8743 for which we hold recog_data. */
8746 dep_between_memop_and_curr (rtx memop
)
8751 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (memop
) == SET
);
8753 if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (memop
)))
8756 load_reg
= SET_DEST (memop
);
8757 for (opno
= 1; opno
< recog_data
.n_operands
; opno
++)
8759 rtx operand
= recog_data
.operand
[opno
];
8761 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (load_reg
, operand
))
8769 /* When working around the Cortex-A53 erratum 835769,
8770 given rtx_insn INSN, return true if it is a 64-bit multiply-accumulate
8771 instruction and has a preceding memory instruction such that a NOP
8772 should be inserted between them. */
8775 aarch64_madd_needs_nop (rtx_insn
* insn
)
8777 enum attr_type attr_type
;
8781 if (!aarch64_fix_a53_err835769
)
8784 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8787 attr_type
= get_attr_type (insn
);
8788 if (!is_madd_op (attr_type
))
8791 prev
= aarch64_prev_real_insn (insn
);
8792 /* aarch64_prev_real_insn can call recog_memoized on insns other than INSN.
8793 Restore recog state to INSN to avoid state corruption. */
8794 extract_constrain_insn_cached (insn
);
8796 if (!prev
|| !has_memory_op (prev
))
8799 body
= single_set (prev
);
8801 /* If the previous insn is a memory op and there is no dependency between
8802 it and the DImode madd, emit a NOP between them. If body is NULL then we
8803 have a complex memory operation, probably a load/store pair.
8804 Be conservative for now and emit a NOP. */
8805 if (GET_MODE (recog_data
.operand
[0]) == DImode
8806 && (!body
|| !dep_between_memop_and_curr (body
)))
8814 /* Implement FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN. */
8817 aarch64_final_prescan_insn (rtx_insn
*insn
)
8819 if (aarch64_madd_needs_nop (insn
))
8820 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\tnop // between mem op and mult-accumulate\n");
8824 /* Return the equivalent letter for size. */
8826 sizetochar (int size
)
8830 case 64: return 'd';
8831 case 32: return 's';
8832 case 16: return 'h';
8833 case 8 : return 'b';
8834 default: gcc_unreachable ();
8838 /* Return true iff x is a uniform vector of floating-point
8839 constants, and the constant can be represented in
8840 quarter-precision form. Note, as aarch64_float_const_representable
8841 rejects both +0.0 and -0.0, we will also reject +0.0 and -0.0. */
8843 aarch64_vect_float_const_representable_p (rtx x
)
8846 REAL_VALUE_TYPE r0
, ri
;
8849 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) != MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
)
8852 x0
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, 0);
8853 if (!CONST_DOUBLE_P (x0
))
8856 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r0
, x0
);
8858 for (i
= 1; i
< CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x
); i
++)
8860 xi
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x
, i
);
8861 if (!CONST_DOUBLE_P (xi
))
8864 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (ri
, xi
);
8865 if (!REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r0
, ri
))
8869 return aarch64_float_const_representable_p (x0
);
8872 /* Return true for valid and false for invalid. */
8874 aarch64_simd_valid_immediate (rtx op
, machine_mode mode
, bool inverse
,
8875 struct simd_immediate_info
*info
)
8877 #define CHECK(STRIDE, ELSIZE, CLASS, TEST, SHIFT, NEG) \
8879 for (i = 0; i < idx; i += (STRIDE)) \
8884 immtype = (CLASS); \
8885 elsize = (ELSIZE); \
8891 unsigned int i
, elsize
= 0, idx
= 0, n_elts
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (op
);
8892 unsigned int innersize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode
));
8893 unsigned char bytes
[16];
8894 int immtype
= -1, matches
;
8895 unsigned int invmask
= inverse
? 0xff : 0;
8898 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
)
8900 if (! (aarch64_simd_imm_zero_p (op
, mode
)
8901 || aarch64_vect_float_const_representable_p (op
)))
8906 info
->value
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op
, 0);
8907 info
->element_width
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (info
->value
));
8915 /* Splat vector constant out into a byte vector. */
8916 for (i
= 0; i
< n_elts
; i
++)
8918 /* The vector is provided in gcc endian-neutral fashion. For aarch64_be,
8919 it must be laid out in the vector register in reverse order. */
8920 rtx el
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op
, BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? (n_elts
- 1 - i
) : i
);
8921 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elpart
;
8922 unsigned int part
, parts
;
8924 if (CONST_INT_P (el
))
8926 elpart
= INTVAL (el
);
8929 else if (GET_CODE (el
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
8931 elpart
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (el
);
8937 for (part
= 0; part
< parts
; part
++)
8940 for (byte
= 0; byte
< innersize
; byte
++)
8942 bytes
[idx
++] = (elpart
& 0xff) ^ invmask
;
8943 elpart
>>= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8945 if (GET_CODE (el
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
8946 elpart
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (el
);
8951 gcc_assert (idx
== GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
8955 CHECK (4, 32, 0, bytes
[i
] == bytes
[0] && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0
8956 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0, 0, 0);
8958 CHECK (4, 32, 1, bytes
[i
] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 1] == bytes
[1]
8959 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0, 8, 0);
8961 CHECK (4, 32, 2, bytes
[i
] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0
8962 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == bytes
[2] && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0, 16, 0);
8964 CHECK (4, 32, 3, bytes
[i
] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0
8965 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 3] == bytes
[3], 24, 0);
8967 CHECK (2, 16, 4, bytes
[i
] == bytes
[0] && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0, 0, 0);
8969 CHECK (2, 16, 5, bytes
[i
] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 1] == bytes
[1], 8, 0);
8971 CHECK (4, 32, 6, bytes
[i
] == bytes
[0] && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0xff
8972 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0xff, 0, 1);
8974 CHECK (4, 32, 7, bytes
[i
] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 1] == bytes
[1]
8975 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0xff, 8, 1);
8977 CHECK (4, 32, 8, bytes
[i
] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0xff
8978 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == bytes
[2] && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0xff, 16, 1);
8980 CHECK (4, 32, 9, bytes
[i
] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0xff
8981 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 3] == bytes
[3], 24, 1);
8983 CHECK (2, 16, 10, bytes
[i
] == bytes
[0] && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0xff, 0, 1);
8985 CHECK (2, 16, 11, bytes
[i
] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 1] == bytes
[1], 8, 1);
8987 CHECK (4, 32, 12, bytes
[i
] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 1] == bytes
[1]
8988 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0, 8, 0);
8990 CHECK (4, 32, 13, bytes
[i
] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 1] == bytes
[1]
8991 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0xff, 8, 1);
8993 CHECK (4, 32, 14, bytes
[i
] == 0xff && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0xff
8994 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == bytes
[2] && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0, 16, 0);
8996 CHECK (4, 32, 15, bytes
[i
] == 0 && bytes
[i
+ 1] == 0
8997 && bytes
[i
+ 2] == bytes
[2] && bytes
[i
+ 3] == 0xff, 16, 1);
8999 CHECK (1, 8, 16, bytes
[i
] == bytes
[0], 0, 0);
9001 CHECK (1, 64, 17, (bytes
[i
] == 0 || bytes
[i
] == 0xff)
9002 && bytes
[i
] == bytes
[(i
+ 8) % idx
], 0, 0);
9011 info
->element_width
= elsize
;
9012 info
->mvn
= emvn
!= 0;
9013 info
->shift
= eshift
;
9015 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT imm
= 0;
9017 if (immtype
>= 12 && immtype
<= 15)
9020 /* Un-invert bytes of recognized vector, if necessary. */
9022 for (i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
9023 bytes
[i
] ^= invmask
;
9027 /* FIXME: Broken on 32-bit H_W_I hosts. */
9028 gcc_assert (sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
) == 8);
9030 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
9031 imm
|= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) (bytes
[i
] ? 0xff : 0)
9032 << (i
* BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9035 info
->value
= GEN_INT (imm
);
9039 for (i
= 0; i
< elsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
; i
++)
9040 imm
|= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bytes
[i
] << (i
* BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9042 /* Construct 'abcdefgh' because the assembler cannot handle
9043 generic constants. */
9046 imm
= (imm
>> info
->shift
) & 0xff;
9047 info
->value
= GEN_INT (imm
);
9055 /* Check of immediate shift constants are within range. */
9057 aarch64_simd_shift_imm_p (rtx x
, machine_mode mode
, bool left
)
9059 int bit_width
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9061 return aarch64_const_vec_all_same_in_range_p (x
, 0, bit_width
- 1);
9063 return aarch64_const_vec_all_same_in_range_p (x
, 1, bit_width
);
9066 /* Return true if X is a uniform vector where all elements
9067 are either the floating-point constant 0.0 or the
9068 integer constant 0. */
9070 aarch64_simd_imm_zero_p (rtx x
, machine_mode mode
)
9072 return x
== CONST0_RTX (mode
);
9076 aarch64_simd_imm_scalar_p (rtx x
, machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9078 HOST_WIDE_INT imm
= INTVAL (x
);
9081 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
9083 unsigned int byte
= imm
& 0xff;
9084 if (byte
!= 0xff && byte
!= 0)
9093 aarch64_mov_operand_p (rtx x
,
9094 enum aarch64_symbol_context context
,
9097 if (GET_CODE (x
) == HIGH
9098 && aarch64_valid_symref (XEXP (x
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0))))
9101 if (CONST_INT_P (x
))
9104 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& mode
== DImode
&& CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x
))
9107 return aarch64_classify_symbolic_expression (x
, context
)
9108 == SYMBOL_TINY_ABSOLUTE
;
9111 /* Return a const_int vector of VAL. */
9113 aarch64_simd_gen_const_vector_dup (machine_mode mode
, int val
)
9115 int nunits
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode
);
9116 rtvec v
= rtvec_alloc (nunits
);
9119 for (i
=0; i
< nunits
; i
++)
9120 RTVEC_ELT (v
, i
) = GEN_INT (val
);
9122 return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode
, v
);
9125 /* Check OP is a legal scalar immediate for the MOVI instruction. */
9128 aarch64_simd_scalar_immediate_valid_for_move (rtx op
, machine_mode mode
)
9132 gcc_assert (!VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
));
9133 vmode
= aarch64_preferred_simd_mode (mode
);
9134 rtx op_v
= aarch64_simd_gen_const_vector_dup (vmode
, INTVAL (op
));
9135 return aarch64_simd_valid_immediate (op_v
, vmode
, false, NULL
);
9138 /* Construct and return a PARALLEL RTX vector with elements numbering the
9139 lanes of either the high (HIGH == TRUE) or low (HIGH == FALSE) half of
9140 the vector - from the perspective of the architecture. This does not
9141 line up with GCC's perspective on lane numbers, so we end up with
9142 different masks depending on our target endian-ness. The diagram
9143 below may help. We must draw the distinction when building masks
9144 which select one half of the vector. An instruction selecting
9145 architectural low-lanes for a big-endian target, must be described using
9146 a mask selecting GCC high-lanes.
9148 Big-Endian Little-Endian
9151 | x | x | x | x | | x | x | x | x |
9152 Architecture 3 2 1 0 3 2 1 0
9154 Low Mask: { 2, 3 } { 0, 1 }
9155 High Mask: { 0, 1 } { 2, 3 }
9159 aarch64_simd_vect_par_cnst_half (machine_mode mode
, bool high
)
9161 int nunits
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode
);
9162 rtvec v
= rtvec_alloc (nunits
/ 2);
9163 int high_base
= nunits
/ 2;
9169 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9170 base
= high
? low_base
: high_base
;
9172 base
= high
? high_base
: low_base
;
9174 for (i
= 0; i
< nunits
/ 2; i
++)
9175 RTVEC_ELT (v
, i
) = GEN_INT (base
+ i
);
9177 t1
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, v
);
9181 /* Check OP for validity as a PARALLEL RTX vector with elements
9182 numbering the lanes of either the high (HIGH == TRUE) or low lanes,
9183 from the perspective of the architecture. See the diagram above
9184 aarch64_simd_vect_par_cnst_half for more details. */
9187 aarch64_simd_check_vect_par_cnst_half (rtx op
, machine_mode mode
,
9190 rtx ideal
= aarch64_simd_vect_par_cnst_half (mode
, high
);
9191 HOST_WIDE_INT count_op
= XVECLEN (op
, 0);
9192 HOST_WIDE_INT count_ideal
= XVECLEN (ideal
, 0);
9195 if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
))
9198 if (count_op
!= count_ideal
)
9201 for (i
= 0; i
< count_ideal
; i
++)
9203 rtx elt_op
= XVECEXP (op
, 0, i
);
9204 rtx elt_ideal
= XVECEXP (ideal
, 0, i
);
9206 if (!CONST_INT_P (elt_op
)
9207 || INTVAL (elt_ideal
) != INTVAL (elt_op
))
9213 /* Bounds-check lanes. Ensure OPERAND lies between LOW (inclusive) and
9214 HIGH (exclusive). */
9216 aarch64_simd_lane_bounds (rtx operand
, HOST_WIDE_INT low
, HOST_WIDE_INT high
,
9220 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (operand
));
9221 lane
= INTVAL (operand
);
9223 if (lane
< low
|| lane
>= high
)
9226 error ("%Klane %wd out of range %wd - %wd", exp
, lane
, low
, high
- 1);
9228 error ("lane %wd out of range %wd - %wd", lane
, low
, high
- 1);
9232 /* Return TRUE if OP is a valid vector addressing mode. */
9234 aarch64_simd_mem_operand_p (rtx op
)
9236 return MEM_P (op
) && (GET_CODE (XEXP (op
, 0)) == POST_INC
9237 || REG_P (XEXP (op
, 0)));
9240 /* Emit a register copy from operand to operand, taking care not to
9241 early-clobber source registers in the process.
9243 COUNT is the number of components into which the copy needs to be
9246 aarch64_simd_emit_reg_reg_move (rtx
*operands
, enum machine_mode mode
,
9250 int rdest
= REGNO (operands
[0]);
9251 int rsrc
= REGNO (operands
[1]);
9253 if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands
[0], operands
[1])
9255 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9256 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (mode
, rdest
+ i
),
9257 gen_rtx_REG (mode
, rsrc
+ i
));
9259 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9260 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (mode
, rdest
+ count
- i
- 1),
9261 gen_rtx_REG (mode
, rsrc
+ count
- i
- 1));
9264 /* Compute and return the length of aarch64_simd_mov<mode>, where <mode> is
9265 one of VSTRUCT modes: OI, CI or XI. */
9267 aarch64_simd_attr_length_move (rtx_insn
*insn
)
9271 extract_insn_cached (insn
);
9273 if (REG_P (recog_data
.operand
[0]) && REG_P (recog_data
.operand
[1]))
9275 mode
= GET_MODE (recog_data
.operand
[0]);
9291 /* Compute and return the length of aarch64_simd_reglist<mode>, where <mode> is
9292 one of VSTRUCT modes: OI, CI, EI, or XI. */
9294 aarch64_simd_attr_length_rglist (enum machine_mode mode
)
9296 return (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / UNITS_PER_VREG
) * 4;
9299 /* Implement target hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT. The AAPCS64 sets the maximum
9300 alignment of a vector to 128 bits. */
9301 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9302 aarch64_simd_vector_alignment (const_tree type
)
9304 HOST_WIDE_INT align
= tree_to_shwi (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
9305 return MIN (align
, 128);
9308 /* Implement target hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE. */
9310 aarch64_simd_vector_alignment_reachable (const_tree type
, bool is_packed
)
9315 /* We guarantee alignment for vectors up to 128-bits. */
9316 if (tree_int_cst_compare (TYPE_SIZE (type
),
9317 bitsize_int (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
)) > 0)
9320 /* Vectors whose size is <= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT are naturally aligned. */
9324 /* If VALS is a vector constant that can be loaded into a register
9325 using DUP, generate instructions to do so and return an RTX to
9326 assign to the register. Otherwise return NULL_RTX. */
9328 aarch64_simd_dup_constant (rtx vals
)
9330 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (vals
);
9331 machine_mode inner_mode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
9332 int n_elts
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode
);
9333 bool all_same
= true;
9337 if (GET_CODE (vals
) != CONST_VECTOR
)
9340 for (i
= 1; i
< n_elts
; ++i
)
9342 x
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (vals
, i
);
9343 if (!rtx_equal_p (x
, CONST_VECTOR_ELT (vals
, 0)))
9350 /* We can load this constant by using DUP and a constant in a
9351 single ARM register. This will be cheaper than a vector
9353 x
= copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode
, CONST_VECTOR_ELT (vals
, 0));
9354 return gen_rtx_VEC_DUPLICATE (mode
, x
);
9358 /* Generate code to load VALS, which is a PARALLEL containing only
9359 constants (for vec_init) or CONST_VECTOR, efficiently into a
9360 register. Returns an RTX to copy into the register, or NULL_RTX
9361 for a PARALLEL that can not be converted into a CONST_VECTOR. */
9363 aarch64_simd_make_constant (rtx vals
)
9365 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (vals
);
9367 rtx const_vec
= NULL_RTX
;
9368 int n_elts
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode
);
9372 if (GET_CODE (vals
) == CONST_VECTOR
)
9374 else if (GET_CODE (vals
) == PARALLEL
)
9376 /* A CONST_VECTOR must contain only CONST_INTs and
9377 CONST_DOUBLEs, but CONSTANT_P allows more (e.g. SYMBOL_REF).
9378 Only store valid constants in a CONST_VECTOR. */
9379 for (i
= 0; i
< n_elts
; ++i
)
9381 rtx x
= XVECEXP (vals
, 0, i
);
9382 if (CONST_INT_P (x
) || CONST_DOUBLE_P (x
))
9385 if (n_const
== n_elts
)
9386 const_vec
= gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode
, XVEC (vals
, 0));
9391 if (const_vec
!= NULL_RTX
9392 && aarch64_simd_valid_immediate (const_vec
, mode
, false, NULL
))
9393 /* Load using MOVI/MVNI. */
9395 else if ((const_dup
= aarch64_simd_dup_constant (vals
)) != NULL_RTX
)
9396 /* Loaded using DUP. */
9398 else if (const_vec
!= NULL_RTX
)
9399 /* Load from constant pool. We can not take advantage of single-cycle
9400 LD1 because we need a PC-relative addressing mode. */
9403 /* A PARALLEL containing something not valid inside CONST_VECTOR.
9404 We can not construct an initializer. */
9409 aarch64_expand_vector_init (rtx target
, rtx vals
)
9411 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (target
);
9412 machine_mode inner_mode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
9413 int n_elts
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode
);
9415 rtx any_const
= NULL_RTX
;
9416 bool all_same
= true;
9418 for (int i
= 0; i
< n_elts
; ++i
)
9420 rtx x
= XVECEXP (vals
, 0, i
);
9421 if (!CONST_INT_P (x
) && !CONST_DOUBLE_P (x
))
9426 if (i
> 0 && !rtx_equal_p (x
, XVECEXP (vals
, 0, 0)))
9432 rtx constant
= aarch64_simd_make_constant (vals
);
9433 if (constant
!= NULL_RTX
)
9435 emit_move_insn (target
, constant
);
9440 /* Splat a single non-constant element if we can. */
9443 rtx x
= copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode
, XVECEXP (vals
, 0, 0));
9444 aarch64_emit_move (target
, gen_rtx_VEC_DUPLICATE (mode
, x
));
9448 /* Half the fields (or less) are non-constant. Load constant then overwrite
9449 varying fields. Hope that this is more efficient than using the stack. */
9450 if (n_var
<= n_elts
/2)
9452 rtx copy
= copy_rtx (vals
);
9454 /* Load constant part of vector. We really don't care what goes into the
9455 parts we will overwrite, but we're more likely to be able to load the
9456 constant efficiently if it has fewer, larger, repeating parts
9457 (see aarch64_simd_valid_immediate). */
9458 for (int i
= 0; i
< n_elts
; i
++)
9460 rtx x
= XVECEXP (vals
, 0, i
);
9461 if (CONST_INT_P (x
) || CONST_DOUBLE_P (x
))
9463 rtx subst
= any_const
;
9464 for (int bit
= n_elts
/ 2; bit
> 0; bit
/= 2)
9466 /* Look in the copied vector, as more elements are const. */
9467 rtx test
= XVECEXP (copy
, 0, i
^ bit
);
9468 if (CONST_INT_P (test
) || CONST_DOUBLE_P (test
))
9474 XVECEXP (copy
, 0, i
) = subst
;
9476 aarch64_expand_vector_init (target
, copy
);
9478 /* Insert variables. */
9479 enum insn_code icode
= optab_handler (vec_set_optab
, mode
);
9480 gcc_assert (icode
!= CODE_FOR_nothing
);
9482 for (int i
= 0; i
< n_elts
; i
++)
9484 rtx x
= XVECEXP (vals
, 0, i
);
9485 if (CONST_INT_P (x
) || CONST_DOUBLE_P (x
))
9487 x
= copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode
, x
);
9488 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, x
, GEN_INT (i
)));
9493 /* Construct the vector in memory one field at a time
9494 and load the whole vector. */
9495 rtx mem
= assign_stack_temp (mode
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9496 for (int i
= 0; i
< n_elts
; i
++)
9497 emit_move_insn (adjust_address_nv (mem
, inner_mode
,
9498 i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
)),
9499 XVECEXP (vals
, 0, i
));
9500 emit_move_insn (target
, mem
);
9504 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
9505 aarch64_shift_truncation_mask (machine_mode mode
)
9508 (aarch64_vector_mode_supported_p (mode
)
9509 || aarch64_vect_struct_mode_p (mode
)) ? 0 : (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 1);
9512 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
9513 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
9517 aarch64_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name
, unsigned int flags
,
9518 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9520 char flagchars
[10], *f
= flagchars
;
9522 /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
9523 abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
9524 part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
9525 declaration every time. */
9526 if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
&& (flags
& SECTION_LINKONCE
))
9527 && (flags
& SECTION_DECLARED
))
9529 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.section\t%s\n", name
);
9533 if (!(flags
& SECTION_DEBUG
))
9535 if (flags
& SECTION_WRITE
)
9537 if (flags
& SECTION_CODE
)
9539 if (flags
& SECTION_SMALL
)
9541 if (flags
& SECTION_MERGE
)
9543 if (flags
& SECTION_STRINGS
)
9545 if (flags
& SECTION_TLS
)
9546 *f
++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
;
9547 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
&& (flags
& SECTION_LINKONCE
))
9551 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name
, flagchars
);
9553 if (!(flags
& SECTION_NOTYPE
))
9558 if (flags
& SECTION_BSS
)
9563 #ifdef TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
9564 format
= "," TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
;
9569 fprintf (asm_out_file
, format
, type
);
9571 if (flags
& SECTION_ENTSIZE
)
9572 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",%d", flags
& SECTION_ENTSIZE
);
9573 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
&& (flags
& SECTION_LINKONCE
))
9575 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
9576 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl
));
9578 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",%s,comdat",
9579 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl
)));
9583 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
9586 /* Select a format to encode pointers in exception handling data. */
9588 aarch64_asm_preferred_eh_data_format (int code ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, int global
)
9591 switch (aarch64_cmodel
)
9593 case AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY
:
9594 case AARCH64_CMODEL_TINY_PIC
:
9595 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL
:
9596 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_PIC
:
9597 case AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_SPIC
:
9598 /* text+got+data < 4Gb. 4-byte signed relocs are sufficient
9600 type
= DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
9603 /* No assumptions here. 8-byte relocs required. */
9604 type
= DW_EH_PE_sdata8
;
9607 return (global
? DW_EH_PE_indirect
: 0) | DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| type
;
9610 /* Emit load exclusive. */
9613 aarch64_emit_load_exclusive (machine_mode mode
, rtx rval
,
9614 rtx mem
, rtx model_rtx
)
9616 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
9620 case QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_load_exclusiveqi
; break;
9621 case HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_load_exclusivehi
; break;
9622 case SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_load_exclusivesi
; break;
9623 case DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_load_exclusivedi
; break;
9628 emit_insn (gen (rval
, mem
, model_rtx
));
9631 /* Emit store exclusive. */
9634 aarch64_emit_store_exclusive (machine_mode mode
, rtx bval
,
9635 rtx rval
, rtx mem
, rtx model_rtx
)
9637 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
9641 case QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_store_exclusiveqi
; break;
9642 case HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_store_exclusivehi
; break;
9643 case SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_store_exclusivesi
; break;
9644 case DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_store_exclusivedi
; break;
9649 emit_insn (gen (bval
, rval
, mem
, model_rtx
));
9652 /* Mark the previous jump instruction as unlikely. */
9655 aarch64_emit_unlikely_jump (rtx insn
)
9657 int very_unlikely
= REG_BR_PROB_BASE
/ 100 - 1;
9659 insn
= emit_jump_insn (insn
);
9660 add_int_reg_note (insn
, REG_BR_PROB
, very_unlikely
);
9663 /* Expand a compare and swap pattern. */
9666 aarch64_expand_compare_and_swap (rtx operands
[])
9668 rtx bval
, rval
, mem
, oldval
, newval
, is_weak
, mod_s
, mod_f
, x
;
9669 machine_mode mode
, cmp_mode
;
9670 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
9675 oldval
= operands
[3];
9676 newval
= operands
[4];
9677 is_weak
= operands
[5];
9678 mod_s
= operands
[6];
9679 mod_f
= operands
[7];
9680 mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
9683 /* Normally the succ memory model must be stronger than fail, but in the
9684 unlikely event of fail being ACQUIRE and succ being RELEASE we need to
9685 promote succ to ACQ_REL so that we don't lose the acquire semantics. */
9687 if (is_mm_acquire (memmodel_from_int (INTVAL (mod_f
)))
9688 && is_mm_release (memmodel_from_int (INTVAL (mod_s
))))
9689 mod_s
= GEN_INT (MEMMODEL_ACQ_REL
);
9695 /* For short modes, we're going to perform the comparison in SImode,
9696 so do the zero-extension now. */
9698 rval
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
9699 oldval
= convert_modes (SImode
, mode
, oldval
, true);
9704 /* Force the value into a register if needed. */
9705 if (!aarch64_plus_operand (oldval
, mode
))
9706 oldval
= force_reg (cmp_mode
, oldval
);
9715 case QImode
: gen
= gen_atomic_compare_and_swapqi_1
; break;
9716 case HImode
: gen
= gen_atomic_compare_and_swaphi_1
; break;
9717 case SImode
: gen
= gen_atomic_compare_and_swapsi_1
; break;
9718 case DImode
: gen
= gen_atomic_compare_and_swapdi_1
; break;
9723 emit_insn (gen (rval
, mem
, oldval
, newval
, is_weak
, mod_s
, mod_f
));
9725 if (mode
== QImode
|| mode
== HImode
)
9726 emit_move_insn (operands
[1], gen_lowpart (mode
, rval
));
9728 x
= gen_rtx_REG (CCmode
, CC_REGNUM
);
9729 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (SImode
, x
, const0_rtx
);
9730 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (bval
, x
));
9733 /* Emit a barrier, that is appropriate for memory model MODEL, at the end of a
9734 sequence implementing an atomic operation. */
9737 aarch64_emit_post_barrier (enum memmodel model
)
9739 const enum memmodel base_model
= memmodel_base (model
);
9741 if (is_mm_sync (model
)
9742 && (base_model
== MEMMODEL_ACQUIRE
9743 || base_model
== MEMMODEL_ACQ_REL
9744 || base_model
== MEMMODEL_SEQ_CST
))
9746 emit_insn (gen_mem_thread_fence (GEN_INT (MEMMODEL_SEQ_CST
)));
9750 /* Split a compare and swap pattern. */
9753 aarch64_split_compare_and_swap (rtx operands
[])
9755 rtx rval
, mem
, oldval
, newval
, scratch
;
9758 rtx_code_label
*label1
, *label2
;
9760 enum memmodel model
;
9765 oldval
= operands
[2];
9766 newval
= operands
[3];
9767 is_weak
= (operands
[4] != const0_rtx
);
9768 model_rtx
= operands
[5];
9769 scratch
= operands
[7];
9770 mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
9771 model
= memmodel_from_int (INTVAL (model_rtx
));
9776 label1
= gen_label_rtx ();
9777 emit_label (label1
);
9779 label2
= gen_label_rtx ();
9781 /* The initial load can be relaxed for a __sync operation since a final
9782 barrier will be emitted to stop code hoisting. */
9783 if (is_mm_sync (model
))
9784 aarch64_emit_load_exclusive (mode
, rval
, mem
,
9785 GEN_INT (MEMMODEL_RELAXED
));
9787 aarch64_emit_load_exclusive (mode
, rval
, mem
, model_rtx
);
9789 cond
= aarch64_gen_compare_reg (NE
, rval
, oldval
);
9790 x
= gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
9791 x
= gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode
, x
,
9792 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode
, label2
), pc_rtx
);
9793 aarch64_emit_unlikely_jump (gen_rtx_SET (pc_rtx
, x
));
9795 aarch64_emit_store_exclusive (mode
, scratch
, mem
, newval
, model_rtx
);
9799 x
= gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode
, scratch
, const0_rtx
);
9800 x
= gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode
, x
,
9801 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode
, label1
), pc_rtx
);
9802 aarch64_emit_unlikely_jump (gen_rtx_SET (pc_rtx
, x
));
9806 cond
= gen_rtx_REG (CCmode
, CC_REGNUM
);
9807 x
= gen_rtx_COMPARE (CCmode
, scratch
, const0_rtx
);
9808 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (cond
, x
));
9811 emit_label (label2
);
9813 /* Emit any final barrier needed for a __sync operation. */
9814 if (is_mm_sync (model
))
9815 aarch64_emit_post_barrier (model
);
9818 /* Split an atomic operation. */
9821 aarch64_split_atomic_op (enum rtx_code code
, rtx old_out
, rtx new_out
, rtx mem
,
9822 rtx value
, rtx model_rtx
, rtx cond
)
9824 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
9825 machine_mode wmode
= (mode
== DImode
? DImode
: SImode
);
9826 const enum memmodel model
= memmodel_from_int (INTVAL (model_rtx
));
9827 const bool is_sync
= is_mm_sync (model
);
9828 rtx_code_label
*label
;
9831 label
= gen_label_rtx ();
9835 new_out
= gen_lowpart (wmode
, new_out
);
9837 old_out
= gen_lowpart (wmode
, old_out
);
9840 value
= simplify_gen_subreg (wmode
, value
, mode
, 0);
9842 /* The initial load can be relaxed for a __sync operation since a final
9843 barrier will be emitted to stop code hoisting. */
9845 aarch64_emit_load_exclusive (mode
, old_out
, mem
,
9846 GEN_INT (MEMMODEL_RELAXED
));
9848 aarch64_emit_load_exclusive (mode
, old_out
, mem
, model_rtx
);
9857 x
= gen_rtx_AND (wmode
, old_out
, value
);
9858 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (new_out
, x
));
9859 x
= gen_rtx_NOT (wmode
, new_out
);
9860 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (new_out
, x
));
9864 if (CONST_INT_P (value
))
9866 value
= GEN_INT (-INTVAL (value
));
9872 x
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, wmode
, old_out
, value
);
9873 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (new_out
, x
));
9877 aarch64_emit_store_exclusive (mode
, cond
, mem
,
9878 gen_lowpart (mode
, new_out
), model_rtx
);
9880 x
= gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
9881 x
= gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode
, x
,
9882 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode
, label
), pc_rtx
);
9883 aarch64_emit_unlikely_jump (gen_rtx_SET (pc_rtx
, x
));
9885 /* Emit any final barrier needed for a __sync operation. */
9887 aarch64_emit_post_barrier (model
);
9891 aarch64_print_extension (void)
9893 const struct aarch64_option_extension
*opt
= NULL
;
9895 for (opt
= all_extensions
; opt
->name
!= NULL
; opt
++)
9896 if ((aarch64_isa_flags
& opt
->flags_on
) == opt
->flags_on
)
9897 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "+%s", opt
->name
);
9899 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\n");
9903 aarch64_start_file (void)
9907 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.arch %s", selected_arch
->name
);
9908 aarch64_print_extension ();
9910 else if (selected_cpu
)
9912 const char *truncated_name
9913 = aarch64_rewrite_selected_cpu (selected_cpu
->name
);
9914 asm_fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cpu %s", truncated_name
);
9915 aarch64_print_extension ();
9917 default_file_start();
9920 /* Target hook for c_mode_for_suffix. */
9922 aarch64_c_mode_for_suffix (char suffix
)
9930 /* We can only represent floating point constants which will fit in
9931 "quarter-precision" values. These values are characterised by
9932 a sign bit, a 4-bit mantissa and a 3-bit exponent. And are given
9935 (-1)^s * (n/16) * 2^r
9938 's' is the sign bit.
9939 'n' is an integer in the range 16 <= n <= 31.
9940 'r' is an integer in the range -3 <= r <= 4. */
9942 /* Return true iff X can be represented by a quarter-precision
9943 floating point immediate operand X. Note, we cannot represent 0.0. */
9945 aarch64_float_const_representable_p (rtx x
)
9947 /* This represents our current view of how many bits
9948 make up the mantissa. */
9949 int point_pos
= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1;
9951 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mantissa
, mask
;
9952 REAL_VALUE_TYPE r
, m
;
9955 if (!CONST_DOUBLE_P (x
))
9958 if (GET_MODE (x
) == VOIDmode
)
9961 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, x
);
9963 /* We cannot represent infinities, NaNs or +/-zero. We won't
9964 know if we have +zero until we analyse the mantissa, but we
9965 can reject the other invalid values. */
9966 if (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (r
) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (r
)
9967 || REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r
))
9970 /* Extract exponent. */
9971 r
= real_value_abs (&r
);
9972 exponent
= REAL_EXP (&r
);
9974 /* For the mantissa, we expand into two HOST_WIDE_INTS, apart from the
9975 highest (sign) bit, with a fixed binary point at bit point_pos.
9976 m1 holds the low part of the mantissa, m2 the high part.
9977 WARNING: If we ever have a representation using more than 2 * H_W_I - 1
9978 bits for the mantissa, this can fail (low bits will be lost). */
9979 real_ldexp (&m
, &r
, point_pos
- exponent
);
9980 wide_int w
= real_to_integer (&m
, &fail
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
* 2);
9982 /* If the low part of the mantissa has bits set we cannot represent
9986 /* We have rejected the lower HOST_WIDE_INT, so update our
9987 understanding of how many bits lie in the mantissa and
9988 look only at the high HOST_WIDE_INT. */
9989 mantissa
= w
.elt (1);
9990 point_pos
-= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
;
9992 /* We can only represent values with a mantissa of the form 1.xxxx. */
9993 mask
= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)1 << (point_pos
- 5)) - 1;
9994 if ((mantissa
& mask
) != 0)
9997 /* Having filtered unrepresentable values, we may now remove all
9998 but the highest 5 bits. */
9999 mantissa
>>= point_pos
- 5;
10001 /* We cannot represent the value 0.0, so reject it. This is handled
10006 /* Then, as bit 4 is always set, we can mask it off, leaving
10007 the mantissa in the range [0, 15]. */
10008 mantissa
&= ~(1 << 4);
10009 gcc_assert (mantissa
<= 15);
10011 /* GCC internally does not use IEEE754-like encoding (where normalized
10012 significands are in the range [1, 2). GCC uses [0.5, 1) (see real.c).
10013 Our mantissa values are shifted 4 places to the left relative to
10014 normalized IEEE754 so we must modify the exponent returned by REAL_EXP
10015 by 5 places to correct for GCC's representation. */
10016 exponent
= 5 - exponent
;
10018 return (exponent
>= 0 && exponent
<= 7);
10022 aarch64_output_simd_mov_immediate (rtx const_vector
,
10027 static char templ
[40];
10028 const char *mnemonic
;
10029 const char *shift_op
;
10030 unsigned int lane_count
= 0;
10033 struct simd_immediate_info info
= { NULL_RTX
, 0, 0, false, false };
10035 /* This will return true to show const_vector is legal for use as either
10036 a AdvSIMD MOVI instruction (or, implicitly, MVNI) immediate. It will
10037 also update INFO to show how the immediate should be generated. */
10038 is_valid
= aarch64_simd_valid_immediate (const_vector
, mode
, false, &info
);
10039 gcc_assert (is_valid
);
10041 element_char
= sizetochar (info
.element_width
);
10042 lane_count
= width
/ info
.element_width
;
10044 mode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
10045 if (mode
== SFmode
|| mode
== DFmode
)
10047 gcc_assert (info
.shift
== 0 && ! info
.mvn
);
10048 if (aarch64_float_const_zero_rtx_p (info
.value
))
10049 info
.value
= GEN_INT (0);
10052 #define buf_size 20
10054 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r
, info
.value
);
10055 char float_buf
[buf_size
] = {'\0'};
10056 real_to_decimal_for_mode (float_buf
, &r
, buf_size
, buf_size
, 1, mode
);
10059 if (lane_count
== 1)
10060 snprintf (templ
, sizeof (templ
), "fmov\t%%d0, %s", float_buf
);
10062 snprintf (templ
, sizeof (templ
), "fmov\t%%0.%d%c, %s",
10063 lane_count
, element_char
, float_buf
);
10068 mnemonic
= info
.mvn
? "mvni" : "movi";
10069 shift_op
= info
.msl
? "msl" : "lsl";
10071 if (lane_count
== 1)
10072 snprintf (templ
, sizeof (templ
), "%s\t%%d0, " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10073 mnemonic
, UINTVAL (info
.value
));
10074 else if (info
.shift
)
10075 snprintf (templ
, sizeof (templ
), "%s\t%%0.%d%c, " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
10076 ", %s %d", mnemonic
, lane_count
, element_char
,
10077 UINTVAL (info
.value
), shift_op
, info
.shift
);
10079 snprintf (templ
, sizeof (templ
), "%s\t%%0.%d%c, " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10080 mnemonic
, lane_count
, element_char
, UINTVAL (info
.value
));
10085 aarch64_output_scalar_simd_mov_immediate (rtx immediate
,
10088 machine_mode vmode
;
10090 gcc_assert (!VECTOR_MODE_P (mode
));
10091 vmode
= aarch64_simd_container_mode (mode
, 64);
10092 rtx v_op
= aarch64_simd_gen_const_vector_dup (vmode
, INTVAL (immediate
));
10093 return aarch64_output_simd_mov_immediate (v_op
, vmode
, 64);
10096 /* Split operands into moves from op[1] + op[2] into op[0]. */
10099 aarch64_split_combinev16qi (rtx operands
[3])
10101 unsigned int dest
= REGNO (operands
[0]);
10102 unsigned int src1
= REGNO (operands
[1]);
10103 unsigned int src2
= REGNO (operands
[2]);
10104 machine_mode halfmode
= GET_MODE (operands
[1]);
10105 unsigned int halfregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (src1
, halfmode
);
10106 rtx destlo
, desthi
;
10108 gcc_assert (halfmode
== V16QImode
);
10110 if (src1
== dest
&& src2
== dest
+ halfregs
)
10112 /* No-op move. Can't split to nothing; emit something. */
10113 emit_note (NOTE_INSN_DELETED
);
10117 /* Preserve register attributes for variable tracking. */
10118 destlo
= gen_rtx_REG_offset (operands
[0], halfmode
, dest
, 0);
10119 desthi
= gen_rtx_REG_offset (operands
[0], halfmode
, dest
+ halfregs
,
10120 GET_MODE_SIZE (halfmode
));
10122 /* Special case of reversed high/low parts. */
10123 if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands
[2], destlo
)
10124 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands
[1], desthi
))
10126 emit_insn (gen_xorv16qi3 (operands
[1], operands
[1], operands
[2]));
10127 emit_insn (gen_xorv16qi3 (operands
[2], operands
[1], operands
[2]));
10128 emit_insn (gen_xorv16qi3 (operands
[1], operands
[1], operands
[2]));
10130 else if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands
[2], destlo
))
10132 /* Try to avoid unnecessary moves if part of the result
10133 is in the right place already. */
10135 emit_move_insn (destlo
, operands
[1]);
10136 if (src2
!= dest
+ halfregs
)
10137 emit_move_insn (desthi
, operands
[2]);
10141 if (src2
!= dest
+ halfregs
)
10142 emit_move_insn (desthi
, operands
[2]);
10144 emit_move_insn (destlo
, operands
[1]);
10148 /* vec_perm support. */
10150 #define MAX_VECT_LEN 16
10152 struct expand_vec_perm_d
10154 rtx target
, op0
, op1
;
10155 unsigned char perm
[MAX_VECT_LEN
];
10156 machine_mode vmode
;
10157 unsigned char nelt
;
10162 /* Generate a variable permutation. */
10165 aarch64_expand_vec_perm_1 (rtx target
, rtx op0
, rtx op1
, rtx sel
)
10167 machine_mode vmode
= GET_MODE (target
);
10168 bool one_vector_p
= rtx_equal_p (op0
, op1
);
10170 gcc_checking_assert (vmode
== V8QImode
|| vmode
== V16QImode
);
10171 gcc_checking_assert (GET_MODE (op0
) == vmode
);
10172 gcc_checking_assert (GET_MODE (op1
) == vmode
);
10173 gcc_checking_assert (GET_MODE (sel
) == vmode
);
10174 gcc_checking_assert (TARGET_SIMD
);
10178 if (vmode
== V8QImode
)
10180 /* Expand the argument to a V16QI mode by duplicating it. */
10181 rtx pair
= gen_reg_rtx (V16QImode
);
10182 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_combinev8qi (pair
, op0
, op0
));
10183 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_tbl1v8qi (target
, pair
, sel
));
10187 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_tbl1v16qi (target
, op0
, sel
));
10194 if (vmode
== V8QImode
)
10196 pair
= gen_reg_rtx (V16QImode
);
10197 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_combinev8qi (pair
, op0
, op1
));
10198 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_tbl1v8qi (target
, pair
, sel
));
10202 pair
= gen_reg_rtx (OImode
);
10203 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_combinev16qi (pair
, op0
, op1
));
10204 emit_insn (gen_aarch64_tbl2v16qi (target
, pair
, sel
));
10210 aarch64_expand_vec_perm (rtx target
, rtx op0
, rtx op1
, rtx sel
)
10212 machine_mode vmode
= GET_MODE (target
);
10213 unsigned int nelt
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (vmode
);
10214 bool one_vector_p
= rtx_equal_p (op0
, op1
);
10217 /* The TBL instruction does not use a modulo index, so we must take care
10218 of that ourselves. */
10219 mask
= aarch64_simd_gen_const_vector_dup (vmode
,
10220 one_vector_p
? nelt
- 1 : 2 * nelt
- 1);
10221 sel
= expand_simple_binop (vmode
, AND
, sel
, mask
, NULL
, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
10223 /* For big-endian, we also need to reverse the index within the vector
10224 (but not which vector). */
10225 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10227 /* If one_vector_p, mask is a vector of (nelt - 1)'s already. */
10229 mask
= aarch64_simd_gen_const_vector_dup (vmode
, nelt
- 1);
10230 sel
= expand_simple_binop (vmode
, XOR
, sel
, mask
,
10231 NULL
, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
10233 aarch64_expand_vec_perm_1 (target
, op0
, op1
, sel
);
10236 /* Recognize patterns suitable for the TRN instructions. */
10238 aarch64_evpc_trn (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10240 unsigned int i
, odd
, mask
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10241 rtx out
, in0
, in1
, x
;
10242 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
10243 machine_mode vmode
= d
->vmode
;
10245 if (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (vmode
) > 8)
10248 /* Note that these are little-endian tests.
10249 We correct for big-endian later. */
10250 if (d
->perm
[0] == 0)
10252 else if (d
->perm
[0] == 1)
10256 mask
= (d
->one_vector_p
? nelt
- 1 : 2 * nelt
- 1);
10258 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
; i
+= 2)
10260 if (d
->perm
[i
] != i
+ odd
)
10262 if (d
->perm
[i
+ 1] != ((i
+ nelt
+ odd
) & mask
))
10272 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10274 x
= in0
, in0
= in1
, in1
= x
;
10283 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v16qi
; break;
10284 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v8qi
; break;
10285 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v8hi
; break;
10286 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v4hi
; break;
10287 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v4si
; break;
10288 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v2si
; break;
10289 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v2di
; break;
10290 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v4sf
; break;
10291 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v2sf
; break;
10292 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn2v2df
; break;
10301 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v16qi
; break;
10302 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v8qi
; break;
10303 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v8hi
; break;
10304 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v4hi
; break;
10305 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v4si
; break;
10306 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v2si
; break;
10307 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v2di
; break;
10308 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v4sf
; break;
10309 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v2sf
; break;
10310 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_trn1v2df
; break;
10316 emit_insn (gen (out
, in0
, in1
));
10320 /* Recognize patterns suitable for the UZP instructions. */
10322 aarch64_evpc_uzp (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10324 unsigned int i
, odd
, mask
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10325 rtx out
, in0
, in1
, x
;
10326 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
10327 machine_mode vmode
= d
->vmode
;
10329 if (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (vmode
) > 8)
10332 /* Note that these are little-endian tests.
10333 We correct for big-endian later. */
10334 if (d
->perm
[0] == 0)
10336 else if (d
->perm
[0] == 1)
10340 mask
= (d
->one_vector_p
? nelt
- 1 : 2 * nelt
- 1);
10342 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
; i
++)
10344 unsigned elt
= (i
* 2 + odd
) & mask
;
10345 if (d
->perm
[i
] != elt
)
10355 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10357 x
= in0
, in0
= in1
, in1
= x
;
10366 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v16qi
; break;
10367 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v8qi
; break;
10368 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v8hi
; break;
10369 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v4hi
; break;
10370 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v4si
; break;
10371 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v2si
; break;
10372 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v2di
; break;
10373 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v4sf
; break;
10374 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v2sf
; break;
10375 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp2v2df
; break;
10384 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v16qi
; break;
10385 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v8qi
; break;
10386 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v8hi
; break;
10387 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v4hi
; break;
10388 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v4si
; break;
10389 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v2si
; break;
10390 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v2di
; break;
10391 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v4sf
; break;
10392 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v2sf
; break;
10393 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_uzp1v2df
; break;
10399 emit_insn (gen (out
, in0
, in1
));
10403 /* Recognize patterns suitable for the ZIP instructions. */
10405 aarch64_evpc_zip (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10407 unsigned int i
, high
, mask
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10408 rtx out
, in0
, in1
, x
;
10409 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
10410 machine_mode vmode
= d
->vmode
;
10412 if (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (vmode
) > 8)
10415 /* Note that these are little-endian tests.
10416 We correct for big-endian later. */
10418 if (d
->perm
[0] == high
)
10421 else if (d
->perm
[0] == 0)
10425 mask
= (d
->one_vector_p
? nelt
- 1 : 2 * nelt
- 1);
10427 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
/ 2; i
++)
10429 unsigned elt
= (i
+ high
) & mask
;
10430 if (d
->perm
[i
* 2] != elt
)
10432 elt
= (elt
+ nelt
) & mask
;
10433 if (d
->perm
[i
* 2 + 1] != elt
)
10443 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10445 x
= in0
, in0
= in1
, in1
= x
;
10454 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v16qi
; break;
10455 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v8qi
; break;
10456 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v8hi
; break;
10457 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v4hi
; break;
10458 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v4si
; break;
10459 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v2si
; break;
10460 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v2di
; break;
10461 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v4sf
; break;
10462 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v2sf
; break;
10463 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip2v2df
; break;
10472 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v16qi
; break;
10473 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v8qi
; break;
10474 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v8hi
; break;
10475 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v4hi
; break;
10476 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v4si
; break;
10477 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v2si
; break;
10478 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v2di
; break;
10479 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v4sf
; break;
10480 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v2sf
; break;
10481 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_zip1v2df
; break;
10487 emit_insn (gen (out
, in0
, in1
));
10491 /* Recognize patterns for the EXT insn. */
10494 aarch64_evpc_ext (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10496 unsigned int i
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10497 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
10500 unsigned int location
= d
->perm
[0]; /* Always < nelt. */
10502 /* Check if the extracted indices are increasing by one. */
10503 for (i
= 1; i
< nelt
; i
++)
10505 unsigned int required
= location
+ i
;
10506 if (d
->one_vector_p
)
10508 /* We'll pass the same vector in twice, so allow indices to wrap. */
10509 required
&= (nelt
- 1);
10511 if (d
->perm
[i
] != required
)
10517 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv16qi
; break;
10518 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv8qi
; break;
10519 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv4hi
; break;
10520 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv8hi
; break;
10521 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv2si
; break;
10522 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv4si
; break;
10523 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv2sf
; break;
10524 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv4sf
; break;
10525 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv2di
; break;
10526 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_extv2df
; break;
10535 /* The case where (location == 0) is a no-op for both big- and little-endian,
10536 and is removed by the mid-end at optimization levels -O1 and higher. */
10538 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& (location
!= 0))
10540 /* After setup, we want the high elements of the first vector (stored
10541 at the LSB end of the register), and the low elements of the second
10542 vector (stored at the MSB end of the register). So swap. */
10543 std::swap (d
->op0
, d
->op1
);
10544 /* location != 0 (above), so safe to assume (nelt - location) < nelt. */
10545 location
= nelt
- location
;
10548 offset
= GEN_INT (location
);
10549 emit_insn (gen (d
->target
, d
->op0
, d
->op1
, offset
));
10553 /* Recognize patterns for the REV insns. */
10556 aarch64_evpc_rev (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10558 unsigned int i
, j
, diff
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10559 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
);
10561 if (!d
->one_vector_p
)
10570 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v16qi
; break;
10571 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v8qi
; break;
10579 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev32v16qi
; break;
10580 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev32v8qi
; break;
10581 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v8hi
; break;
10582 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v4hi
; break;
10590 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev16v16qi
; break;
10591 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev16v8qi
; break;
10592 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev32v8hi
; break;
10593 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev32v4hi
; break;
10594 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v4si
; break;
10595 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v2si
; break;
10596 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v4sf
; break;
10597 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_rev64v2sf
; break;
10606 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
; i
+= diff
+ 1)
10607 for (j
= 0; j
<= diff
; j
+= 1)
10609 /* This is guaranteed to be true as the value of diff
10610 is 7, 3, 1 and we should have enough elements in the
10611 queue to generate this. Getting a vector mask with a
10612 value of diff other than these values implies that
10613 something is wrong by the time we get here. */
10614 gcc_assert (i
+ j
< nelt
);
10615 if (d
->perm
[i
+ j
] != i
+ diff
- j
)
10623 emit_insn (gen (d
->target
, d
->op0
));
10628 aarch64_evpc_dup (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10630 rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
10631 rtx out
= d
->target
;
10633 machine_mode vmode
= d
->vmode
;
10634 unsigned int i
, elt
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10638 for (i
= 1; i
< nelt
; i
++)
10640 if (elt
!= d
->perm
[i
])
10644 /* The generic preparation in aarch64_expand_vec_perm_const_1
10645 swaps the operand order and the permute indices if it finds
10646 d->perm[0] to be in the second operand. Thus, we can always
10647 use d->op0 and need not do any extra arithmetic to get the
10648 correct lane number. */
10650 lane
= GEN_INT (elt
); /* The pattern corrects for big-endian. */
10654 case V16QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev16qi
; break;
10655 case V8QImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev8qi
; break;
10656 case V8HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev8hi
; break;
10657 case V4HImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev4hi
; break;
10658 case V4SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev4si
; break;
10659 case V2SImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev2si
; break;
10660 case V2DImode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev2di
; break;
10661 case V4SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev4sf
; break;
10662 case V2SFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev2sf
; break;
10663 case V2DFmode
: gen
= gen_aarch64_dup_lanev2df
; break;
10668 emit_insn (gen (out
, in0
, lane
));
10673 aarch64_evpc_tbl (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10675 rtx rperm
[MAX_VECT_LEN
], sel
;
10676 machine_mode vmode
= d
->vmode
;
10677 unsigned int i
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10682 /* Generic code will try constant permutation twice. Once with the
10683 original mode and again with the elements lowered to QImode.
10684 So wait and don't do the selector expansion ourselves. */
10685 if (vmode
!= V8QImode
&& vmode
!= V16QImode
)
10688 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
; ++i
)
10690 int nunits
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (vmode
);
10692 /* If big-endian and two vectors we end up with a weird mixed-endian
10693 mode on NEON. Reverse the index within each word but not the word
10695 rperm
[i
] = GEN_INT (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? d
->perm
[i
] ^ (nunits
- 1)
10698 sel
= gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (vmode
, gen_rtvec_v (nelt
, rperm
));
10699 sel
= force_reg (vmode
, sel
);
10701 aarch64_expand_vec_perm_1 (d
->target
, d
->op0
, d
->op1
, sel
);
10706 aarch64_expand_vec_perm_const_1 (struct expand_vec_perm_d
*d
)
10708 /* The pattern matching functions above are written to look for a small
10709 number to begin the sequence (0, 1, N/2). If we begin with an index
10710 from the second operand, we can swap the operands. */
10711 if (d
->perm
[0] >= d
->nelt
)
10713 unsigned i
, nelt
= d
->nelt
;
10715 gcc_assert (nelt
== (nelt
& -nelt
));
10716 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
; ++i
)
10717 d
->perm
[i
] ^= nelt
; /* Keep the same index, but in the other vector. */
10719 std::swap (d
->op0
, d
->op1
);
10724 if (aarch64_evpc_rev (d
))
10726 else if (aarch64_evpc_ext (d
))
10728 else if (aarch64_evpc_dup (d
))
10730 else if (aarch64_evpc_zip (d
))
10732 else if (aarch64_evpc_uzp (d
))
10734 else if (aarch64_evpc_trn (d
))
10736 return aarch64_evpc_tbl (d
);
10741 /* Expand a vec_perm_const pattern. */
10744 aarch64_expand_vec_perm_const (rtx target
, rtx op0
, rtx op1
, rtx sel
)
10746 struct expand_vec_perm_d d
;
10747 int i
, nelt
, which
;
10753 d
.vmode
= GET_MODE (target
);
10754 gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (d
.vmode
));
10755 d
.nelt
= nelt
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (d
.vmode
);
10756 d
.testing_p
= false;
10758 for (i
= which
= 0; i
< nelt
; ++i
)
10760 rtx e
= XVECEXP (sel
, 0, i
);
10761 int ei
= INTVAL (e
) & (2 * nelt
- 1);
10762 which
|= (ei
< nelt
? 1 : 2);
10769 gcc_unreachable ();
10772 d
.one_vector_p
= false;
10773 if (!rtx_equal_p (op0
, op1
))
10776 /* The elements of PERM do not suggest that only the first operand
10777 is used, but both operands are identical. Allow easier matching
10778 of the permutation by folding the permutation into the single
10780 /* Fall Through. */
10782 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
; ++i
)
10783 d
.perm
[i
] &= nelt
- 1;
10785 d
.one_vector_p
= true;
10790 d
.one_vector_p
= true;
10794 return aarch64_expand_vec_perm_const_1 (&d
);
10798 aarch64_vectorize_vec_perm_const_ok (machine_mode vmode
,
10799 const unsigned char *sel
)
10801 struct expand_vec_perm_d d
;
10802 unsigned int i
, nelt
, which
;
10806 d
.nelt
= nelt
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (d
.vmode
);
10807 d
.testing_p
= true;
10808 memcpy (d
.perm
, sel
, nelt
);
10810 /* Calculate whether all elements are in one vector. */
10811 for (i
= which
= 0; i
< nelt
; ++i
)
10813 unsigned char e
= d
.perm
[i
];
10814 gcc_assert (e
< 2 * nelt
);
10815 which
|= (e
< nelt
? 1 : 2);
10818 /* If all elements are from the second vector, reindex as if from the
10821 for (i
= 0; i
< nelt
; ++i
)
10824 /* Check whether the mask can be applied to a single vector. */
10825 d
.one_vector_p
= (which
!= 3);
10827 d
.target
= gen_raw_REG (d
.vmode
, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
+ 1);
10828 d
.op1
= d
.op0
= gen_raw_REG (d
.vmode
, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
+ 2);
10829 if (!d
.one_vector_p
)
10830 d
.op1
= gen_raw_REG (d
.vmode
, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
+ 3);
10833 ret
= aarch64_expand_vec_perm_const_1 (&d
);
10840 aarch64_reverse_mask (enum machine_mode mode
)
10842 /* We have to reverse each vector because we dont have
10843 a permuted load that can reverse-load according to ABI rules. */
10845 rtvec v
= rtvec_alloc (16);
10847 int nunits
= GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode
);
10848 int usize
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
10850 gcc_assert (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
);
10851 gcc_assert (AARCH64_VALID_SIMD_QREG_MODE (mode
));
10853 for (i
= 0; i
< nunits
; i
++)
10854 for (j
= 0; j
< usize
; j
++)
10855 RTVEC_ELT (v
, i
* usize
+ j
) = GEN_INT ((i
+ 1) * usize
- 1 - j
);
10856 mask
= gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (V16QImode
, v
);
10857 return force_reg (V16QImode
, mask
);
10860 /* Implement MODES_TIEABLE_P. */
10863 aarch64_modes_tieable_p (machine_mode mode1
, machine_mode mode2
)
10865 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode1
) == GET_MODE_CLASS (mode2
))
10868 /* We specifically want to allow elements of "structure" modes to
10869 be tieable to the structure. This more general condition allows
10870 other rarer situations too. */
10872 && aarch64_vector_mode_p (mode1
)
10873 && aarch64_vector_mode_p (mode2
))
10879 /* Return a new RTX holding the result of moving POINTER forward by
10883 aarch64_move_pointer (rtx pointer
, int amount
)
10885 rtx next
= plus_constant (Pmode
, XEXP (pointer
, 0), amount
);
10887 return adjust_automodify_address (pointer
, GET_MODE (pointer
),
10891 /* Return a new RTX holding the result of moving POINTER forward by the
10892 size of the mode it points to. */
10895 aarch64_progress_pointer (rtx pointer
)
10897 HOST_WIDE_INT amount
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (pointer
));
10899 return aarch64_move_pointer (pointer
, amount
);
10902 /* Copy one MODE sized block from SRC to DST, then progress SRC and DST by
10906 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (rtx
*src
, rtx
*dst
,
10909 rtx reg
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
10911 /* "Cast" the pointers to the correct mode. */
10912 *src
= adjust_address (*src
, mode
, 0);
10913 *dst
= adjust_address (*dst
, mode
, 0);
10914 /* Emit the memcpy. */
10915 emit_move_insn (reg
, *src
);
10916 emit_move_insn (*dst
, reg
);
10917 /* Move the pointers forward. */
10918 *src
= aarch64_progress_pointer (*src
);
10919 *dst
= aarch64_progress_pointer (*dst
);
10922 /* Expand movmem, as if from a __builtin_memcpy. Return true if
10923 we succeed, otherwise return false. */
10926 aarch64_expand_movmem (rtx
*operands
)
10929 rtx dst
= operands
[0];
10930 rtx src
= operands
[1];
10932 bool speed_p
= !optimize_function_for_size_p (cfun
);
10934 /* When optimizing for size, give a better estimate of the length of a
10935 memcpy call, but use the default otherwise. */
10936 unsigned int max_instructions
= (speed_p
? 15 : AARCH64_CALL_RATIO
) / 2;
10938 /* We can't do anything smart if the amount to copy is not constant. */
10939 if (!CONST_INT_P (operands
[2]))
10942 n
= UINTVAL (operands
[2]);
10944 /* Try to keep the number of instructions low. For cases below 16 bytes we
10945 need to make at most two moves. For cases above 16 bytes it will be one
10946 move for each 16 byte chunk, then at most two additional moves. */
10947 if (((n
/ 16) + (n
% 16 ? 2 : 0)) > max_instructions
)
10950 base
= copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode
, XEXP (dst
, 0));
10951 dst
= adjust_automodify_address (dst
, VOIDmode
, base
, 0);
10953 base
= copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode
, XEXP (src
, 0));
10954 src
= adjust_automodify_address (src
, VOIDmode
, base
, 0);
10956 /* Simple cases. Copy 0-3 bytes, as (if applicable) a 2-byte, then a
10962 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, HImode
);
10967 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, QImode
);
10972 /* Copy 4-8 bytes. First a 4-byte chunk, then (if applicable) a second
10973 4-byte chunk, partially overlapping with the previously copied chunk. */
10976 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, SImode
);
10982 src
= aarch64_move_pointer (src
, move
);
10983 dst
= aarch64_move_pointer (dst
, move
);
10984 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, SImode
);
10989 /* Copy more than 8 bytes. Copy chunks of 16 bytes until we run out of
10990 them, then (if applicable) an 8-byte chunk. */
10995 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, TImode
);
11000 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, DImode
);
11005 /* Finish the final bytes of the copy. We can always do this in one
11006 instruction. We either copy the exact amount we need, or partially
11007 overlap with the previous chunk we copied and copy 8-bytes. */
11011 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, QImode
);
11013 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, HImode
);
11015 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, SImode
);
11020 src
= aarch64_move_pointer (src
, -1);
11021 dst
= aarch64_move_pointer (dst
, -1);
11022 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, SImode
);
11028 src
= aarch64_move_pointer (src
, move
);
11029 dst
= aarch64_move_pointer (dst
, move
);
11030 aarch64_copy_one_block_and_progress_pointers (&src
, &dst
, DImode
);
11037 /* Implement the TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET hook. */
11039 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
11040 aarch64_asan_shadow_offset (void)
11042 return (HOST_WIDE_INT_1
<< 36);
11046 aarch64_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size
,
11047 unsigned int align
,
11048 enum by_pieces_operation op
,
11051 /* STORE_BY_PIECES can be used when copying a constant string, but
11052 in that case each 64-bit chunk takes 5 insns instead of 2 (LDR/STR).
11053 For now we always fail this and let the move_by_pieces code copy
11054 the string from read-only memory. */
11055 if (op
== STORE_BY_PIECES
)
11058 return default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p (size
, align
, op
, speed_p
);
11061 static enum machine_mode
11062 aarch64_code_to_ccmode (enum rtx_code code
)
11085 return CC_DLEUmode
;
11088 return CC_DLTUmode
;
11091 return CC_DGEUmode
;
11094 return CC_DGTUmode
;
11102 aarch64_gen_ccmp_first (rtx
*prep_seq
, rtx
*gen_seq
,
11103 int code
, tree treeop0
, tree treeop1
)
11105 enum machine_mode op_mode
, cmp_mode
, cc_mode
;
11106 rtx op0
, op1
, cmp
, target
;
11107 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0
));
11108 enum insn_code icode
;
11109 struct expand_operand ops
[4];
11111 cc_mode
= aarch64_code_to_ccmode ((enum rtx_code
) code
);
11112 if (cc_mode
== CCmode
)
11116 expand_operands (treeop0
, treeop1
, NULL_RTX
, &op0
, &op1
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
11118 op_mode
= GET_MODE (op0
);
11119 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
11120 op_mode
= GET_MODE (op1
);
11128 icode
= CODE_FOR_cmpsi
;
11133 icode
= CODE_FOR_cmpdi
;
11141 op0
= prepare_operand (icode
, op0
, 2, op_mode
, cmp_mode
, unsignedp
);
11142 op1
= prepare_operand (icode
, op1
, 3, op_mode
, cmp_mode
, unsignedp
);
11148 *prep_seq
= get_insns ();
11151 cmp
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee ((enum rtx_code
) code
, cmp_mode
, op0
, op1
);
11152 target
= gen_rtx_REG (CCmode
, CC_REGNUM
);
11154 create_output_operand (&ops
[0], target
, CCmode
);
11155 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[1], cmp
);
11156 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[2], op0
);
11157 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[3], op1
);
11160 if (!maybe_expand_insn (icode
, 4, ops
))
11165 *gen_seq
= get_insns ();
11168 return gen_rtx_REG (cc_mode
, CC_REGNUM
);
11172 aarch64_gen_ccmp_next (rtx
*prep_seq
, rtx
*gen_seq
, rtx prev
, int cmp_code
,
11173 tree treeop0
, tree treeop1
, int bit_code
)
11175 rtx op0
, op1
, cmp0
, cmp1
, target
;
11176 enum machine_mode op_mode
, cmp_mode
, cc_mode
;
11177 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0
));
11178 enum insn_code icode
= CODE_FOR_ccmp_andsi
;
11179 struct expand_operand ops
[6];
11181 cc_mode
= aarch64_code_to_ccmode ((enum rtx_code
) cmp_code
);
11182 if (cc_mode
== CCmode
)
11185 push_to_sequence ((rtx_insn
*) *prep_seq
);
11186 expand_operands (treeop0
, treeop1
, NULL_RTX
, &op0
, &op1
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
11188 op_mode
= GET_MODE (op0
);
11189 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
11190 op_mode
= GET_MODE (op1
);
11198 icode
= (enum rtx_code
) bit_code
== AND
? CODE_FOR_ccmp_andsi
11199 : CODE_FOR_ccmp_iorsi
;
11204 icode
= (enum rtx_code
) bit_code
== AND
? CODE_FOR_ccmp_anddi
11205 : CODE_FOR_ccmp_iordi
;
11213 op0
= prepare_operand (icode
, op0
, 2, op_mode
, cmp_mode
, unsignedp
);
11214 op1
= prepare_operand (icode
, op1
, 3, op_mode
, cmp_mode
, unsignedp
);
11220 *prep_seq
= get_insns ();
11223 target
= gen_rtx_REG (cc_mode
, CC_REGNUM
);
11224 cmp1
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee ((enum rtx_code
) cmp_code
, cmp_mode
, op0
, op1
);
11225 cmp0
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (NE
, cmp_mode
, prev
, const0_rtx
);
11227 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[0], prev
);
11228 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[1], target
);
11229 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[2], op0
);
11230 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[3], op1
);
11231 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[4], cmp0
);
11232 create_fixed_operand (&ops
[5], cmp1
);
11234 push_to_sequence ((rtx_insn
*) *gen_seq
);
11235 if (!maybe_expand_insn (icode
, 6, ops
))
11241 *gen_seq
= get_insns ();
11247 #undef TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
11248 #define TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST aarch64_gen_ccmp_first
11250 #undef TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
11251 #define TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT aarch64_gen_ccmp_next
11253 /* Implement TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P. Return true if target supports
11254 instruction fusion of some sort. */
11257 aarch64_macro_fusion_p (void)
11259 return aarch64_tune_params
.fusible_ops
!= AARCH64_FUSE_NOTHING
;
11263 /* Implement TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P. Return true if PREV and CURR
11264 should be kept together during scheduling. */
11267 aarch_macro_fusion_pair_p (rtx_insn
*prev
, rtx_insn
*curr
)
11270 rtx prev_set
= single_set (prev
);
11271 rtx curr_set
= single_set (curr
);
11272 /* prev and curr are simple SET insns i.e. no flag setting or branching. */
11273 bool simple_sets_p
= prev_set
&& curr_set
&& !any_condjump_p (curr
);
11275 if (!aarch64_macro_fusion_p ())
11279 && (aarch64_tune_params
.fusible_ops
& AARCH64_FUSE_MOV_MOVK
))
11281 /* We are trying to match:
11282 prev (mov) == (set (reg r0) (const_int imm16))
11283 curr (movk) == (set (zero_extract (reg r0)
11286 (const_int imm16_1)) */
11288 set_dest
= SET_DEST (curr_set
);
11290 if (GET_CODE (set_dest
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
11291 && CONST_INT_P (SET_SRC (curr_set
))
11292 && CONST_INT_P (SET_SRC (prev_set
))
11293 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (set_dest
, 2))
11294 && INTVAL (XEXP (set_dest
, 2)) == 16
11295 && REG_P (XEXP (set_dest
, 0))
11296 && REG_P (SET_DEST (prev_set
))
11297 && REGNO (XEXP (set_dest
, 0)) == REGNO (SET_DEST (prev_set
)))
11304 && (aarch64_tune_params
.fusible_ops
& AARCH64_FUSE_ADRP_ADD
))
11307 /* We're trying to match:
11308 prev (adrp) == (set (reg r1)
11309 (high (symbol_ref ("SYM"))))
11310 curr (add) == (set (reg r0)
11312 (symbol_ref ("SYM"))))
11313 Note that r0 need not necessarily be the same as r1, especially
11314 during pre-regalloc scheduling. */
11316 if (satisfies_constraint_Ush (SET_SRC (prev_set
))
11317 && REG_P (SET_DEST (prev_set
)) && REG_P (SET_DEST (curr_set
)))
11319 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (curr_set
)) == LO_SUM
11320 && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (curr_set
), 0))
11321 && REGNO (XEXP (SET_SRC (curr_set
), 0))
11322 == REGNO (SET_DEST (prev_set
))
11323 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SET_SRC (prev_set
), 0),
11324 XEXP (SET_SRC (curr_set
), 1)))
11330 && (aarch64_tune_params
.fusible_ops
& AARCH64_FUSE_MOVK_MOVK
))
11333 /* We're trying to match:
11334 prev (movk) == (set (zero_extract (reg r0)
11337 (const_int imm16_1))
11338 curr (movk) == (set (zero_extract (reg r0)
11341 (const_int imm16_2)) */
11343 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (prev_set
)) == ZERO_EXTRACT
11344 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (curr_set
)) == ZERO_EXTRACT
11345 && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (prev_set
), 0))
11346 && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (curr_set
), 0))
11347 && REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (prev_set
), 0))
11348 == REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (curr_set
), 0))
11349 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (prev_set
), 2))
11350 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (curr_set
), 2))
11351 && INTVAL (XEXP (SET_DEST (prev_set
), 2)) == 32
11352 && INTVAL (XEXP (SET_DEST (curr_set
), 2)) == 48
11353 && CONST_INT_P (SET_SRC (prev_set
))
11354 && CONST_INT_P (SET_SRC (curr_set
)))
11359 && (aarch64_tune_params
.fusible_ops
& AARCH64_FUSE_ADRP_LDR
))
11361 /* We're trying to match:
11362 prev (adrp) == (set (reg r0)
11363 (high (symbol_ref ("SYM"))))
11364 curr (ldr) == (set (reg r1)
11365 (mem (lo_sum (reg r0)
11366 (symbol_ref ("SYM")))))
11368 curr (ldr) == (set (reg r1)
11371 (symbol_ref ("SYM")))))) */
11372 if (satisfies_constraint_Ush (SET_SRC (prev_set
))
11373 && REG_P (SET_DEST (prev_set
)) && REG_P (SET_DEST (curr_set
)))
11375 rtx curr_src
= SET_SRC (curr_set
);
11377 if (GET_CODE (curr_src
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
11378 curr_src
= XEXP (curr_src
, 0);
11380 if (MEM_P (curr_src
) && GET_CODE (XEXP (curr_src
, 0)) == LO_SUM
11381 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (curr_src
, 0), 0))
11382 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (curr_src
, 0), 0))
11383 == REGNO (SET_DEST (prev_set
))
11384 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (curr_src
, 0), 1),
11385 XEXP (SET_SRC (prev_set
), 0)))
11390 if ((aarch64_tune_params
.fusible_ops
& AARCH64_FUSE_CMP_BRANCH
)
11391 && any_condjump_p (curr
))
11393 enum attr_type prev_type
= get_attr_type (prev
);
11395 /* FIXME: this misses some which is considered simple arthematic
11396 instructions for ThunderX. Simple shifts are missed here. */
11397 if (prev_type
== TYPE_ALUS_SREG
11398 || prev_type
== TYPE_ALUS_IMM
11399 || prev_type
== TYPE_LOGICS_REG
11400 || prev_type
== TYPE_LOGICS_IMM
)
11407 /* If MEM is in the form of [base+offset], extract the two parts
11408 of address and set to BASE and OFFSET, otherwise return false
11409 after clearing BASE and OFFSET. */
11412 extract_base_offset_in_addr (rtx mem
, rtx
*base
, rtx
*offset
)
11416 gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem
));
11418 addr
= XEXP (mem
, 0);
11423 *offset
= const0_rtx
;
11427 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == PLUS
11428 && REG_P (XEXP (addr
, 0)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (addr
, 1)))
11430 *base
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
11431 *offset
= XEXP (addr
, 1);
11436 *offset
= NULL_RTX
;
11441 /* Types for scheduling fusion. */
11442 enum sched_fusion_type
11444 SCHED_FUSION_NONE
= 0,
11445 SCHED_FUSION_LD_SIGN_EXTEND
,
11446 SCHED_FUSION_LD_ZERO_EXTEND
,
11452 /* If INSN is a load or store of address in the form of [base+offset],
11453 extract the two parts and set to BASE and OFFSET. Return scheduling
11454 fusion type this INSN is. */
11456 static enum sched_fusion_type
11457 fusion_load_store (rtx_insn
*insn
, rtx
*base
, rtx
*offset
)
11460 enum sched_fusion_type fusion
= SCHED_FUSION_LD
;
11462 gcc_assert (INSN_P (insn
));
11463 x
= PATTERN (insn
);
11464 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SET
)
11465 return SCHED_FUSION_NONE
;
11468 dest
= SET_DEST (x
);
11470 if (GET_MODE (dest
) != SImode
&& GET_MODE (dest
) != DImode
11471 && GET_MODE (dest
) != SFmode
&& GET_MODE (dest
) != DFmode
)
11472 return SCHED_FUSION_NONE
;
11474 if (GET_CODE (src
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
11476 fusion
= SCHED_FUSION_LD_SIGN_EXTEND
;
11477 src
= XEXP (src
, 0);
11478 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MEM
|| GET_MODE (src
) != SImode
)
11479 return SCHED_FUSION_NONE
;
11481 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
11483 fusion
= SCHED_FUSION_LD_ZERO_EXTEND
;
11484 src
= XEXP (src
, 0);
11485 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MEM
|| GET_MODE (src
) != SImode
)
11486 return SCHED_FUSION_NONE
;
11489 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MEM
&& REG_P (dest
))
11490 extract_base_offset_in_addr (src
, base
, offset
);
11491 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
&& (REG_P (src
) || src
== const0_rtx
))
11493 fusion
= SCHED_FUSION_ST
;
11494 extract_base_offset_in_addr (dest
, base
, offset
);
11497 return SCHED_FUSION_NONE
;
11499 if (*base
== NULL_RTX
|| *offset
== NULL_RTX
)
11500 fusion
= SCHED_FUSION_NONE
;
11505 /* Implement the TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY hook.
11507 Currently we only support to fuse ldr or str instructions, so FUSION_PRI
11508 and PRI are only calculated for these instructions. For other instruction,
11509 FUSION_PRI and PRI are simply set to MAX_PRI - 1. In the future, other
11510 type instruction fusion can be added by returning different priorities.
11512 It's important that irrelevant instructions get the largest FUSION_PRI. */
11515 aarch64_sched_fusion_priority (rtx_insn
*insn
, int max_pri
,
11516 int *fusion_pri
, int *pri
)
11520 enum sched_fusion_type fusion
;
11522 gcc_assert (INSN_P (insn
));
11525 fusion
= fusion_load_store (insn
, &base
, &offset
);
11526 if (fusion
== SCHED_FUSION_NONE
)
11533 /* Set FUSION_PRI according to fusion type and base register. */
11534 *fusion_pri
= tmp
- fusion
* FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
- REGNO (base
);
11536 /* Calculate PRI. */
11539 /* INSN with smaller offset goes first. */
11540 off_val
= (int)(INTVAL (offset
));
11542 tmp
-= (off_val
& 0xfffff);
11544 tmp
+= ((- off_val
) & 0xfffff);
11550 /* Given OPERANDS of consecutive load/store, check if we can merge
11551 them into ldp/stp. LOAD is true if they are load instructions.
11552 MODE is the mode of memory operands. */
11555 aarch64_operands_ok_for_ldpstp (rtx
*operands
, bool load
,
11556 enum machine_mode mode
)
11558 HOST_WIDE_INT offval_1
, offval_2
, msize
;
11559 enum reg_class rclass_1
, rclass_2
;
11560 rtx mem_1
, mem_2
, reg_1
, reg_2
, base_1
, base_2
, offset_1
, offset_2
;
11564 mem_1
= operands
[1];
11565 mem_2
= operands
[3];
11566 reg_1
= operands
[0];
11567 reg_2
= operands
[2];
11568 gcc_assert (REG_P (reg_1
) && REG_P (reg_2
));
11569 if (REGNO (reg_1
) == REGNO (reg_2
))
11574 mem_1
= operands
[0];
11575 mem_2
= operands
[2];
11576 reg_1
= operands
[1];
11577 reg_2
= operands
[3];
11580 /* The mems cannot be volatile. */
11581 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem_1
) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem_2
))
11584 /* Check if the addresses are in the form of [base+offset]. */
11585 extract_base_offset_in_addr (mem_1
, &base_1
, &offset_1
);
11586 if (base_1
== NULL_RTX
|| offset_1
== NULL_RTX
)
11588 extract_base_offset_in_addr (mem_2
, &base_2
, &offset_2
);
11589 if (base_2
== NULL_RTX
|| offset_2
== NULL_RTX
)
11592 /* Check if the bases are same. */
11593 if (!rtx_equal_p (base_1
, base_2
))
11596 offval_1
= INTVAL (offset_1
);
11597 offval_2
= INTVAL (offset_2
);
11598 msize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
11599 /* Check if the offsets are consecutive. */
11600 if (offval_1
!= (offval_2
+ msize
) && offval_2
!= (offval_1
+ msize
))
11603 /* Check if the addresses are clobbered by load. */
11606 if (reg_mentioned_p (reg_1
, mem_1
))
11609 /* In increasing order, the last load can clobber the address. */
11610 if (offval_1
> offval_2
&& reg_mentioned_p (reg_2
, mem_2
))
11614 if (REG_P (reg_1
) && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (reg_1
)))
11615 rclass_1
= FP_REGS
;
11617 rclass_1
= GENERAL_REGS
;
11619 if (REG_P (reg_2
) && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (reg_2
)))
11620 rclass_2
= FP_REGS
;
11622 rclass_2
= GENERAL_REGS
;
11624 /* Check if the registers are of same class. */
11625 if (rclass_1
!= rclass_2
)
11631 /* Given OPERANDS of consecutive load/store, check if we can merge
11632 them into ldp/stp by adjusting the offset. LOAD is true if they
11633 are load instructions. MODE is the mode of memory operands.
11635 Given below consecutive stores:
11637 str w1, [xb, 0x100]
11638 str w1, [xb, 0x104]
11639 str w1, [xb, 0x108]
11640 str w1, [xb, 0x10c]
11642 Though the offsets are out of the range supported by stp, we can
11643 still pair them after adjusting the offset, like:
11645 add scratch, xb, 0x100
11646 stp w1, w1, [scratch]
11647 stp w1, w1, [scratch, 0x8]
11649 The peephole patterns detecting this opportunity should guarantee
11650 the scratch register is avaliable. */
11653 aarch64_operands_adjust_ok_for_ldpstp (rtx
*operands
, bool load
,
11654 enum machine_mode mode
)
11656 enum reg_class rclass_1
, rclass_2
, rclass_3
, rclass_4
;
11657 HOST_WIDE_INT offval_1
, offval_2
, offval_3
, offval_4
, msize
;
11658 rtx mem_1
, mem_2
, mem_3
, mem_4
, reg_1
, reg_2
, reg_3
, reg_4
;
11659 rtx base_1
, base_2
, base_3
, base_4
, offset_1
, offset_2
, offset_3
, offset_4
;
11663 reg_1
= operands
[0];
11664 mem_1
= operands
[1];
11665 reg_2
= operands
[2];
11666 mem_2
= operands
[3];
11667 reg_3
= operands
[4];
11668 mem_3
= operands
[5];
11669 reg_4
= operands
[6];
11670 mem_4
= operands
[7];
11671 gcc_assert (REG_P (reg_1
) && REG_P (reg_2
)
11672 && REG_P (reg_3
) && REG_P (reg_4
));
11673 if (REGNO (reg_1
) == REGNO (reg_2
) || REGNO (reg_3
) == REGNO (reg_4
))
11678 mem_1
= operands
[0];
11679 reg_1
= operands
[1];
11680 mem_2
= operands
[2];
11681 reg_2
= operands
[3];
11682 mem_3
= operands
[4];
11683 reg_3
= operands
[5];
11684 mem_4
= operands
[6];
11685 reg_4
= operands
[7];
11687 /* Skip if memory operand is by itslef valid for ldp/stp. */
11688 if (!MEM_P (mem_1
) || aarch64_mem_pair_operand (mem_1
, mode
))
11691 /* The mems cannot be volatile. */
11692 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem_1
) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem_2
)
11693 || MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem_3
) ||MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem_4
))
11696 /* Check if the addresses are in the form of [base+offset]. */
11697 extract_base_offset_in_addr (mem_1
, &base_1
, &offset_1
);
11698 if (base_1
== NULL_RTX
|| offset_1
== NULL_RTX
)
11700 extract_base_offset_in_addr (mem_2
, &base_2
, &offset_2
);
11701 if (base_2
== NULL_RTX
|| offset_2
== NULL_RTX
)
11703 extract_base_offset_in_addr (mem_3
, &base_3
, &offset_3
);
11704 if (base_3
== NULL_RTX
|| offset_3
== NULL_RTX
)
11706 extract_base_offset_in_addr (mem_4
, &base_4
, &offset_4
);
11707 if (base_4
== NULL_RTX
|| offset_4
== NULL_RTX
)
11710 /* Check if the bases are same. */
11711 if (!rtx_equal_p (base_1
, base_2
)
11712 || !rtx_equal_p (base_2
, base_3
)
11713 || !rtx_equal_p (base_3
, base_4
))
11716 offval_1
= INTVAL (offset_1
);
11717 offval_2
= INTVAL (offset_2
);
11718 offval_3
= INTVAL (offset_3
);
11719 offval_4
= INTVAL (offset_4
);
11720 msize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
11721 /* Check if the offsets are consecutive. */
11722 if ((offval_1
!= (offval_2
+ msize
)
11723 || offval_1
!= (offval_3
+ msize
* 2)
11724 || offval_1
!= (offval_4
+ msize
* 3))
11725 && (offval_4
!= (offval_3
+ msize
)
11726 || offval_4
!= (offval_2
+ msize
* 2)
11727 || offval_4
!= (offval_1
+ msize
* 3)))
11730 /* Check if the addresses are clobbered by load. */
11733 if (reg_mentioned_p (reg_1
, mem_1
)
11734 || reg_mentioned_p (reg_2
, mem_2
)
11735 || reg_mentioned_p (reg_3
, mem_3
))
11738 /* In increasing order, the last load can clobber the address. */
11739 if (offval_1
> offval_2
&& reg_mentioned_p (reg_4
, mem_4
))
11743 if (REG_P (reg_1
) && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (reg_1
)))
11744 rclass_1
= FP_REGS
;
11746 rclass_1
= GENERAL_REGS
;
11748 if (REG_P (reg_2
) && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (reg_2
)))
11749 rclass_2
= FP_REGS
;
11751 rclass_2
= GENERAL_REGS
;
11753 if (REG_P (reg_3
) && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (reg_3
)))
11754 rclass_3
= FP_REGS
;
11756 rclass_3
= GENERAL_REGS
;
11758 if (REG_P (reg_4
) && FP_REGNUM_P (REGNO (reg_4
)))
11759 rclass_4
= FP_REGS
;
11761 rclass_4
= GENERAL_REGS
;
11763 /* Check if the registers are of same class. */
11764 if (rclass_1
!= rclass_2
|| rclass_2
!= rclass_3
|| rclass_3
!= rclass_4
)
11770 /* Given OPERANDS of consecutive load/store, this function pairs them
11771 into ldp/stp after adjusting the offset. It depends on the fact
11772 that addresses of load/store instructions are in increasing order.
11773 MODE is the mode of memory operands. CODE is the rtl operator
11774 which should be applied to all memory operands, it's SIGN_EXTEND,
11775 ZERO_EXTEND or UNKNOWN. */
11778 aarch64_gen_adjusted_ldpstp (rtx
*operands
, bool load
,
11779 enum machine_mode mode
, RTX_CODE code
)
11781 rtx base
, offset
, t1
, t2
;
11782 rtx mem_1
, mem_2
, mem_3
, mem_4
;
11783 HOST_WIDE_INT off_val
, abs_off
, adj_off
, new_off
, stp_off_limit
, msize
;
11787 mem_1
= operands
[1];
11788 mem_2
= operands
[3];
11789 mem_3
= operands
[5];
11790 mem_4
= operands
[7];
11794 mem_1
= operands
[0];
11795 mem_2
= operands
[2];
11796 mem_3
= operands
[4];
11797 mem_4
= operands
[6];
11798 gcc_assert (code
== UNKNOWN
);
11801 extract_base_offset_in_addr (mem_1
, &base
, &offset
);
11802 gcc_assert (base
!= NULL_RTX
&& offset
!= NULL_RTX
);
11804 /* Adjust offset thus it can fit in ldp/stp instruction. */
11805 msize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
11806 stp_off_limit
= msize
* 0x40;
11807 off_val
= INTVAL (offset
);
11808 abs_off
= (off_val
< 0) ? -off_val
: off_val
;
11809 new_off
= abs_off
% stp_off_limit
;
11810 adj_off
= abs_off
- new_off
;
11812 /* Further adjust to make sure all offsets are OK. */
11813 if ((new_off
+ msize
* 2) >= stp_off_limit
)
11815 adj_off
+= stp_off_limit
;
11816 new_off
-= stp_off_limit
;
11819 /* Make sure the adjustment can be done with ADD/SUB instructions. */
11820 if (adj_off
>= 0x1000)
11825 adj_off
= -adj_off
;
11826 new_off
= -new_off
;
11829 /* Create new memory references. */
11830 mem_1
= change_address (mem_1
, VOIDmode
,
11831 plus_constant (DImode
, operands
[8], new_off
));
11833 /* Check if the adjusted address is OK for ldp/stp. */
11834 if (!aarch64_mem_pair_operand (mem_1
, mode
))
11837 msize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
11838 mem_2
= change_address (mem_2
, VOIDmode
,
11839 plus_constant (DImode
,
11842 mem_3
= change_address (mem_3
, VOIDmode
,
11843 plus_constant (DImode
,
11845 new_off
+ msize
* 2));
11846 mem_4
= change_address (mem_4
, VOIDmode
,
11847 plus_constant (DImode
,
11849 new_off
+ msize
* 3));
11851 if (code
== ZERO_EXTEND
)
11853 mem_1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_1
);
11854 mem_2
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_2
);
11855 mem_3
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_3
);
11856 mem_4
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_4
);
11858 else if (code
== SIGN_EXTEND
)
11860 mem_1
= gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_1
);
11861 mem_2
= gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_2
);
11862 mem_3
= gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_3
);
11863 mem_4
= gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (DImode
, mem_4
);
11868 operands
[1] = mem_1
;
11869 operands
[3] = mem_2
;
11870 operands
[5] = mem_3
;
11871 operands
[7] = mem_4
;
11875 operands
[0] = mem_1
;
11876 operands
[2] = mem_2
;
11877 operands
[4] = mem_3
;
11878 operands
[6] = mem_4
;
11881 /* Emit adjusting instruction. */
11882 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (operands
[8], plus_constant (DImode
, base
, adj_off
)));
11883 /* Emit ldp/stp instructions. */
11884 t1
= gen_rtx_SET (operands
[0], operands
[1]);
11885 t2
= gen_rtx_SET (operands
[2], operands
[3]);
11886 emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, gen_rtvec (2, t1
, t2
)));
11887 t1
= gen_rtx_SET (operands
[4], operands
[5]);
11888 t2
= gen_rtx_SET (operands
[6], operands
[7]);
11889 emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, gen_rtvec (2, t1
, t2
)));
11893 /* Return 1 if pseudo register should be created and used to hold
11894 GOT address for PIC code. */
11897 aarch64_use_pseudo_pic_reg (void)
11899 return aarch64_cmodel
== AARCH64_CMODEL_SMALL_SPIC
;
11902 #undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
11903 #define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST aarch64_address_cost
11905 /* This hook will determines whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment
11906 of the containing structure. The hook returns true if the structure
11907 should inherit the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's
11909 #undef TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
11910 #define TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD hook_bool_void_true
11912 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP
11913 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.xword\t"
11915 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
11916 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.hword\t"
11918 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
11919 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.word\t"
11921 #undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
11922 #define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK \
11923 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_true
11925 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
11926 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START aarch64_start_file
11928 #undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
11929 #define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK aarch64_output_mi_thunk
11931 #undef TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
11932 #define TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION aarch64_select_rtx_section
11934 #undef TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
11935 #define TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE aarch64_asm_trampoline_template
11937 #undef TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
11938 #define TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST aarch64_build_builtin_va_list
11940 #undef TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
11941 #define TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false
11943 #undef TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
11944 #define TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE aarch64_can_eliminate
11946 #undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
11947 #define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM aarch64_cannot_force_const_mem
11949 #undef TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
11950 #define TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE aarch64_conditional_register_usage
11952 /* Only the least significant bit is used for initialization guard
11954 #undef TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
11955 #define TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT hook_bool_void_true
11957 #undef TARGET_C_MODE_FOR_SUFFIX
11958 #define TARGET_C_MODE_FOR_SUFFIX aarch64_c_mode_for_suffix
11960 #ifdef TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN_DEFAULT
11961 #undef TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
11962 #define TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS (MASK_BIG_END)
11965 #undef TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
11966 #define TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS aarch64_class_max_nregs
11968 #undef TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
11969 #define TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL aarch64_builtin_decl
11971 #undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
11972 #define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN aarch64_expand_builtin
11974 #undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START
11975 #define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START aarch64_expand_builtin_va_start
11977 #undef TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
11978 #define TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN aarch64_fold_builtin
11980 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
11981 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG aarch64_function_arg
11983 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
11984 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE aarch64_function_arg_advance
11986 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
11987 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY aarch64_function_arg_boundary
11989 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
11990 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL aarch64_function_ok_for_sibcall
11992 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
11993 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE aarch64_function_value
11995 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
11996 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P aarch64_function_value_regno_p
11998 #undef TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
11999 #define TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED aarch64_frame_pointer_required
12001 #undef TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
12002 #define TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN aarch64_gimple_fold_builtin
12004 #undef TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
12005 #define TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR aarch64_gimplify_va_arg_expr
12007 #undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
12008 #define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS aarch64_init_builtins
12010 #undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
12011 #define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P aarch64_legitimate_address_hook_p
12013 #undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
12014 #define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P aarch64_legitimate_constant_p
12016 #undef TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
12017 #define TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE aarch64_libgcc_cmp_return_mode
12019 #undef TARGET_LRA_P
12020 #define TARGET_LRA_P hook_bool_void_true
12022 #undef TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
12023 #define TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE aarch64_mangle_type
12025 #undef TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
12026 #define TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST aarch64_memory_move_cost
12028 #undef TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
12029 #define TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL aarch64_min_divisions_for_recip_mul
12031 #undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
12032 #define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK must_pass_in_stack_var_size
12034 /* This target hook should return true if accesses to volatile bitfields
12035 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return false if these
12036 accesses should use the bitfield container type. */
12037 #undef TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
12038 #define TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD hook_bool_void_false
12040 #undef TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
12041 #define TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE aarch64_override_options
12043 #undef TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
12044 #define TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE \
12045 aarch64_override_options_after_change
12047 #undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
12048 #define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE aarch64_pass_by_reference
12050 #undef TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
12051 #define TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS aarch64_preferred_reload_class
12053 #undef TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
12054 #define TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH aarch64_reassociation_width
12056 #undef TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
12057 #define TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD aarch64_secondary_reload
12059 #undef TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
12060 #define TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK aarch64_shift_truncation_mask
12062 #undef TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
12063 #define TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS aarch64_setup_incoming_varargs
12065 #undef TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
12066 #define TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX aarch64_struct_value_rtx
12068 #undef TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
12069 #define TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST aarch64_register_move_cost
12071 #undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
12072 #define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY aarch64_return_in_memory
12074 #undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
12075 #define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB aarch64_return_in_msb
12077 #undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
12078 #define TARGET_RTX_COSTS aarch64_rtx_costs_wrapper
12080 #undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
12081 #define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE aarch64_sched_issue_rate
12083 #undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
12084 #define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD \
12085 aarch64_sched_first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead
12087 #undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
12088 #define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT aarch64_trampoline_init
12090 #undef TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
12091 #define TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P aarch64_use_blocks_for_constant_p
12093 #undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
12094 #define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P aarch64_vector_mode_supported_p
12096 #undef TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
12097 #define TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P aarch64_array_mode_supported_p
12099 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
12100 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST aarch64_add_stmt_cost
12102 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
12103 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST \
12104 aarch64_builtin_vectorization_cost
12106 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
12107 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE aarch64_preferred_simd_mode
12109 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTINS
12110 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTINS
12112 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
12113 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION \
12114 aarch64_builtin_vectorized_function
12116 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES
12117 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES \
12118 aarch64_autovectorize_vector_sizes
12120 #undef TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
12121 #define TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV \
12122 aarch64_atomic_assign_expand_fenv
12124 /* Section anchor support. */
12126 #undef TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
12127 #define TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET -256
12129 /* Limit the maximum anchor offset to 4k-1, since that's the limit for a
12130 byte offset; we can do much more for larger data types, but have no way
12131 to determine the size of the access. We assume accesses are aligned. */
12132 #undef TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
12133 #define TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET 4095
12135 #undef TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
12136 #define TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT aarch64_simd_vector_alignment
12138 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
12139 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE \
12140 aarch64_simd_vector_alignment_reachable
12142 /* vec_perm support. */
12144 #undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK
12145 #define TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK \
12146 aarch64_vectorize_vec_perm_const_ok
12149 #undef TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
12150 #define TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS aarch64_fixed_condition_code_regs
12152 #undef TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
12153 #define TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM CC_REGNUM
12155 #undef TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
12156 #define TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS true
12158 #undef TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
12159 #define TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET aarch64_asan_shadow_offset
12161 #undef TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
12162 #define TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS aarch64_legitimize_address
12164 #undef TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
12165 #define TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P \
12166 aarch64_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p
12168 #undef TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
12169 #define TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P can_use_doloop_if_innermost
12171 #undef TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
12172 #define TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P aarch64_macro_fusion_p
12174 #undef TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
12175 #define TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P aarch_macro_fusion_pair_p
12177 #undef TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
12178 #define TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY aarch64_sched_fusion_priority
12180 #undef TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
12181 #define TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG aarch64_use_pseudo_pic_reg
12183 struct gcc_target targetm
= TARGET_INITIALIZER
;
12185 #include "gt-aarch64.h"